linux/fs/namei.c

4835 lines
121 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-11-01 14:07:57 +00:00
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
/*
* linux/fs/namei.c
*
* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Linus Torvalds
*/
/*
* Some corrections by tytso.
*/
/* [Feb 1997 T. Schoebel-Theuer] Complete rewrite of the pathname
* lookup logic.
*/
/* [Feb-Apr 2000, AV] Rewrite to the new namespace architecture.
*/
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/export.h>
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/fs.h>
#include <linux/namei.h>
#include <linux/pagemap.h>
#include <linux/fsnotify.h>
#include <linux/personality.h>
#include <linux/security.h>
#include <linux/ima.h>
#include <linux/syscalls.h>
#include <linux/mount.h>
#include <linux/audit.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
#include <linux/file.h>
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
#include <linux/fcntl.h>
cgroups: implement device whitelist Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device files. A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup. A whitelist entry has 4 fields. 'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block). 'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers. Major and minor are either an integer or * for all. Access is a composition of r (read), w (write), and m (mknod). The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'. A child devcg gets a copy of the parent. Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new entries. A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its parent. However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not also be removed from the child(ren). An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using devices.deny. For instance echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as /dev/null. Doing echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry. CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new cgroup. A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent has. Any task can move itself between cgroups. This won't be sufficient, but we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning] Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com> Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:00:10 +00:00
#include <linux/device_cgroup.h>
#include <linux/fs_struct.h>
#include <linux/posix_acl.h>
vfs: fix bad hashing of dentries Josef Bacik found a performance regression between 3.2 and 3.10 and narrowed it down to commit bfcfaa77bdf0 ("vfs: use 'unsigned long' accesses for dcache name comparison and hashing"). He reports: "The test case is essentially for (i = 0; i < 1000000; i++) mkdir("a$i"); On xfs on a fio card this goes at about 20k dir/sec with 3.2, and 12k dir/sec with 3.10. This is because we spend waaaaay more time in __d_lookup on 3.10 than in 3.2. The new hashing function for strings is suboptimal for < sizeof(unsigned long) string names (and hell even > sizeof(unsigned long) string names that I've tested). I broke out the old hashing function and the new one into a userspace helper to get real numbers and this is what I'm getting: Old hash table had 1000000 entries, 0 dupes, 0 max dupes New hash table had 12628 entries, 987372 dupes, 900 max dupes We had 11400 buckets with a p50 of 30 dupes, p90 of 240 dupes, p99 of 567 dupes for the new hash My test does the hash, and then does the d_hash into a integer pointer array the same size as the dentry hash table on my system, and then just increments the value at the address we got to see how many entries we overlap with. As you can see the old hash function ended up with all 1 million entries in their own bucket, whereas the new one they are only distributed among ~12.5k buckets, which is why we're using so much more CPU in __d_lookup". The reason for this hash regression is two-fold: - On 64-bit architectures the down-mixing of the original 64-bit word-at-a-time hash into the final 32-bit hash value is very simplistic and suboptimal, and just adds the two 32-bit parts together. In particular, because there is no bit shuffling and the mixing boundary is also a byte boundary, similar character patterns in the low and high word easily end up just canceling each other out. - the old byte-at-a-time hash mixed each byte into the final hash as it hashed the path component name, resulting in the low bits of the hash generally being a good source of hash data. That is not true for the word-at-a-time case, and the hash data is distributed among all the bits. The fix is the same in both cases: do a better job of mixing the bits up and using as much of the hash data as possible. We already have the "hash_32|64()" functions to do that. Reported-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-09-13 18:30:10 +00:00
#include <linux/hash.h>
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
#include <linux/bitops.h>
#include <linux/init_task.h>
#include <linux/uaccess.h>
#include "internal.h"
#include "mount.h"
/* [Feb-1997 T. Schoebel-Theuer]
* Fundamental changes in the pathname lookup mechanisms (namei)
* were necessary because of omirr. The reason is that omirr needs
* to know the _real_ pathname, not the user-supplied one, in case
* of symlinks (and also when transname replacements occur).
*
* The new code replaces the old recursive symlink resolution with
* an iterative one (in case of non-nested symlink chains). It does
* this with calls to <fs>_follow_link().
* As a side effect, dir_namei(), _namei() and follow_link() are now
* replaced with a single function lookup_dentry() that can handle all
* the special cases of the former code.
*
* With the new dcache, the pathname is stored at each inode, at least as
* long as the refcount of the inode is positive. As a side effect, the
* size of the dcache depends on the inode cache and thus is dynamic.
*
* [29-Apr-1998 C. Scott Ananian] Updated above description of symlink
* resolution to correspond with current state of the code.
*
* Note that the symlink resolution is not *completely* iterative.
* There is still a significant amount of tail- and mid- recursion in
* the algorithm. Also, note that <fs>_readlink() is not used in
* lookup_dentry(): lookup_dentry() on the result of <fs>_readlink()
* may return different results than <fs>_follow_link(). Many virtual
* filesystems (including /proc) exhibit this behavior.
*/
/* [24-Feb-97 T. Schoebel-Theuer] Side effects caused by new implementation:
* New symlink semantics: when open() is called with flags O_CREAT | O_EXCL
* and the name already exists in form of a symlink, try to create the new
* name indicated by the symlink. The old code always complained that the
* name already exists, due to not following the symlink even if its target
* is nonexistent. The new semantics affects also mknod() and link() when
* the name is a symlink pointing to a non-existent name.
*
* I don't know which semantics is the right one, since I have no access
* to standards. But I found by trial that HP-UX 9.0 has the full "new"
* semantics implemented, while SunOS 4.1.1 and Solaris (SunOS 5.4) have the
* "old" one. Personally, I think the new semantics is much more logical.
* Note that "ln old new" where "new" is a symlink pointing to a non-existing
* file does succeed in both HP-UX and SunOs, but not in Solaris
* and in the old Linux semantics.
*/
/* [16-Dec-97 Kevin Buhr] For security reasons, we change some symlink
* semantics. See the comments in "open_namei" and "do_link" below.
*
* [10-Sep-98 Alan Modra] Another symlink change.
*/
/* [Feb-Apr 2000 AV] Complete rewrite. Rules for symlinks:
* inside the path - always follow.
* in the last component in creation/removal/renaming - never follow.
* if LOOKUP_FOLLOW passed - follow.
* if the pathname has trailing slashes - follow.
* otherwise - don't follow.
* (applied in that order).
*
* [Jun 2000 AV] Inconsistent behaviour of open() in case if flags==O_CREAT
* restored for 2.4. This is the last surviving part of old 4.2BSD bug.
* During the 2.4 we need to fix the userland stuff depending on it -
* hopefully we will be able to get rid of that wart in 2.5. So far only
* XEmacs seems to be relying on it...
*/
/*
* [Sep 2001 AV] Single-semaphore locking scheme (kudos to David Holland)
* implemented. Let's see if raised priority of ->s_vfs_rename_mutex gives
* any extra contention...
*/
/* In order to reduce some races, while at the same time doing additional
* checking and hopefully speeding things up, we copy filenames to the
* kernel data space before using them..
*
* POSIX.1 2.4: an empty pathname is invalid (ENOENT).
* PATH_MAX includes the nul terminator --RR.
*/
#define EMBEDDED_NAME_MAX (PATH_MAX - offsetof(struct filename, iname))
syscalls: implement execveat() system call This patchset adds execveat(2) for x86, and is derived from Meredydd Luff's patch from Sept 2012 (https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/9/11/528). The primary aim of adding an execveat syscall is to allow an implementation of fexecve(3) that does not rely on the /proc filesystem, at least for executables (rather than scripts). The current glibc version of fexecve(3) is implemented via /proc, which causes problems in sandboxed or otherwise restricted environments. Given the desire for a /proc-free fexecve() implementation, HPA suggested (https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/7/11/556) that an execveat(2) syscall would be an appropriate generalization. Also, having a new syscall means that it can take a flags argument without back-compatibility concerns. The current implementation just defines the AT_EMPTY_PATH and AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW flags, but other flags could be added in future -- for example, flags for new namespaces (as suggested at https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/7/11/474). Related history: - https://lkml.org/lkml/2006/12/27/123 is an example of someone realizing that fexecve() is likely to fail in a chroot environment. - http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=514043 covered documenting the /proc requirement of fexecve(3) in its manpage, to "prevent other people from wasting their time". - https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=241609 described a problem where a process that did setuid() could not fexecve() because it no longer had access to /proc/self/fd; this has since been fixed. This patch (of 4): Add a new execveat(2) system call. execveat() is to execve() as openat() is to open(): it takes a file descriptor that refers to a directory, and resolves the filename relative to that. In addition, if the filename is empty and AT_EMPTY_PATH is specified, execveat() executes the file to which the file descriptor refers. This replicates the functionality of fexecve(), which is a system call in other UNIXen, but in Linux glibc it depends on opening "/proc/self/fd/<fd>" (and so relies on /proc being mounted). The filename fed to the executed program as argv[0] (or the name of the script fed to a script interpreter) will be of the form "/dev/fd/<fd>" (for an empty filename) or "/dev/fd/<fd>/<filename>", effectively reflecting how the executable was found. This does however mean that execution of a script in a /proc-less environment won't work; also, script execution via an O_CLOEXEC file descriptor fails (as the file will not be accessible after exec). Based on patches by Meredydd Luff. Signed-off-by: David Drysdale <drysdale@google.com> Cc: Meredydd Luff <meredydd@senatehouse.org> Cc: Shuah Khan <shuah.kh@samsung.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@aerifal.cx> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-12-13 00:57:29 +00:00
struct filename *
getname_flags(const char __user *filename, int flags, int *empty)
{
struct filename *result;
char *kname;
int len;
result = audit_reusename(filename);
if (result)
return result;
result = __getname();
if (unlikely(!result))
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
/*
* First, try to embed the struct filename inside the names_cache
* allocation
*/
kname = (char *)result->iname;
result->name = kname;
len = strncpy_from_user(kname, filename, EMBEDDED_NAME_MAX);
if (unlikely(len < 0)) {
__putname(result);
return ERR_PTR(len);
}
/*
* Uh-oh. We have a name that's approaching PATH_MAX. Allocate a
* separate struct filename so we can dedicate the entire
* names_cache allocation for the pathname, and re-do the copy from
* userland.
*/
if (unlikely(len == EMBEDDED_NAME_MAX)) {
const size_t size = offsetof(struct filename, iname[1]);
kname = (char *)result;
/*
* size is chosen that way we to guarantee that
* result->iname[0] is within the same object and that
* kname can't be equal to result->iname, no matter what.
*/
result = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
if (unlikely(!result)) {
__putname(kname);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
result->name = kname;
len = strncpy_from_user(kname, filename, PATH_MAX);
if (unlikely(len < 0)) {
__putname(kname);
kfree(result);
return ERR_PTR(len);
}
if (unlikely(len == PATH_MAX)) {
__putname(kname);
kfree(result);
return ERR_PTR(-ENAMETOOLONG);
}
}
result->refcnt = 1;
/* The empty path is special. */
if (unlikely(!len)) {
if (empty)
*empty = 1;
if (!(flags & LOOKUP_EMPTY)) {
putname(result);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOENT);
}
}
result->uptr = filename;
result->aname = NULL;
audit_getname(result);
return result;
}
struct filename *
getname(const char __user * filename)
{
return getname_flags(filename, 0, NULL);
}
struct filename *
getname_kernel(const char * filename)
{
struct filename *result;
int len = strlen(filename) + 1;
result = __getname();
if (unlikely(!result))
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
if (len <= EMBEDDED_NAME_MAX) {
result->name = (char *)result->iname;
} else if (len <= PATH_MAX) {
struct filename *tmp;
tmp = kmalloc(sizeof(*tmp), GFP_KERNEL);
if (unlikely(!tmp)) {
__putname(result);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
tmp->name = (char *)result;
result = tmp;
} else {
__putname(result);
return ERR_PTR(-ENAMETOOLONG);
}
memcpy((char *)result->name, filename, len);
result->uptr = NULL;
result->aname = NULL;
result->refcnt = 1;
audit_getname(result);
return result;
}
void putname(struct filename *name)
{
BUG_ON(name->refcnt <= 0);
if (--name->refcnt > 0)
return;
if (name->name != name->iname) {
__putname(name->name);
kfree(name);
} else
__putname(name);
}
static int check_acl(struct inode *inode, int mask)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL
struct posix_acl *acl;
if (mask & MAY_NOT_BLOCK) {
acl = get_cached_acl_rcu(inode, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
if (!acl)
return -EAGAIN;
/* no ->get_acl() calls in RCU mode... */
posix_acl: Inode acl caching fixes When get_acl() is called for an inode whose ACL is not cached yet, the get_acl inode operation is called to fetch the ACL from the filesystem. The inode operation is responsible for updating the cached acl with set_cached_acl(). This is done without locking at the VFS level, so another task can call set_cached_acl() or forget_cached_acl() before the get_acl inode operation gets to calling set_cached_acl(), and then get_acl's call to set_cached_acl() results in caching an outdate ACL. Prevent this from happening by setting the cached ACL pointer to a task-specific sentinel value before calling the get_acl inode operation. Move the responsibility for updating the cached ACL from the get_acl inode operations to get_acl(). There, only set the cached ACL if the sentinel value hasn't changed. The sentinel values are chosen to have odd values. Likewise, the value of ACL_NOT_CACHED is odd. In contrast, ACL object pointers always have an even value (ACLs are aligned in memory). This allows to distinguish uncached ACLs values from ACL objects. In addition, switch from guarding inode->i_acl and inode->i_default_acl upates by the inode->i_lock spinlock to using xchg() and cmpxchg(). Filesystems that do not want ACLs returned from their get_acl inode operations to be cached must call forget_cached_acl() to prevent the VFS from doing so. (Patch written by Al Viro and Andreas Gruenbacher.) Signed-off-by: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-03-24 13:38:37 +00:00
if (is_uncached_acl(acl))
return -ECHILD;
return posix_acl_permission(inode, acl, mask & ~MAY_NOT_BLOCK);
}
acl = get_acl(inode, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS);
if (IS_ERR(acl))
return PTR_ERR(acl);
if (acl) {
int error = posix_acl_permission(inode, acl, mask);
posix_acl_release(acl);
return error;
}
#endif
return -EAGAIN;
}
/*
* This does the basic permission checking
*/
static int acl_permission_check(struct inode *inode, int mask)
{
unsigned int mode = inode->i_mode;
if (likely(uid_eq(current_fsuid(), inode->i_uid)))
mode >>= 6;
else {
if (IS_POSIXACL(inode) && (mode & S_IRWXG)) {
int error = check_acl(inode, mask);
if (error != -EAGAIN)
return error;
}
if (in_group_p(inode->i_gid))
mode >>= 3;
}
/*
* If the DACs are ok we don't need any capability check.
*/
if ((mask & ~mode & (MAY_READ | MAY_WRITE | MAY_EXEC)) == 0)
return 0;
return -EACCES;
}
/**
* generic_permission - check for access rights on a Posix-like filesystem
* @inode: inode to check access rights for
* @mask: right to check for (%MAY_READ, %MAY_WRITE, %MAY_EXEC, ...)
*
* Used to check for read/write/execute permissions on a file.
* We use "fsuid" for this, letting us set arbitrary permissions
* for filesystem access without changing the "normal" uids which
* are used for other things.
*
* generic_permission is rcu-walk aware. It returns -ECHILD in case an rcu-walk
* request cannot be satisfied (eg. requires blocking or too much complexity).
* It would then be called again in ref-walk mode.
*/
int generic_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask)
{
int ret;
/*
* Do the basic permission checks.
*/
ret = acl_permission_check(inode, mask);
if (ret != -EACCES)
return ret;
if (S_ISDIR(inode->i_mode)) {
/* DACs are overridable for directories */
if (!(mask & MAY_WRITE))
if (capable_wrt_inode_uidgid(inode,
CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH))
return 0;
if (capable_wrt_inode_uidgid(inode, CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE))
return 0;
return -EACCES;
}
/*
* Searching includes executable on directories, else just read.
*/
mask &= MAY_READ | MAY_WRITE | MAY_EXEC;
if (mask == MAY_READ)
if (capable_wrt_inode_uidgid(inode, CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH))
return 0;
/*
* Read/write DACs are always overridable.
* Executable DACs are overridable when there is
* at least one exec bit set.
*/
if (!(mask & MAY_EXEC) || (inode->i_mode & S_IXUGO))
if (capable_wrt_inode_uidgid(inode, CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE))
return 0;
return -EACCES;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(generic_permission);
/*
* We _really_ want to just do "generic_permission()" without
* even looking at the inode->i_op values. So we keep a cache
* flag in inode->i_opflags, that says "this has not special
* permission function, use the fast case".
*/
static inline int do_inode_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask)
{
if (unlikely(!(inode->i_opflags & IOP_FASTPERM))) {
if (likely(inode->i_op->permission))
return inode->i_op->permission(inode, mask);
/* This gets set once for the inode lifetime */
spin_lock(&inode->i_lock);
inode->i_opflags |= IOP_FASTPERM;
spin_unlock(&inode->i_lock);
}
return generic_permission(inode, mask);
}
/**
* sb_permission - Check superblock-level permissions
* @sb: Superblock of inode to check permission on
* @inode: Inode to check permission on
* @mask: Right to check for (%MAY_READ, %MAY_WRITE, %MAY_EXEC)
*
* Separate out file-system wide checks from inode-specific permission checks.
*/
static int sb_permission(struct super_block *sb, struct inode *inode, int mask)
{
if (unlikely(mask & MAY_WRITE)) {
umode_t mode = inode->i_mode;
/* Nobody gets write access to a read-only fs. */
if (sb_rdonly(sb) && (S_ISREG(mode) || S_ISDIR(mode) || S_ISLNK(mode)))
return -EROFS;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* inode_permission - Check for access rights to a given inode
* @inode: Inode to check permission on
* @mask: Right to check for (%MAY_READ, %MAY_WRITE, %MAY_EXEC)
*
* Check for read/write/execute permissions on an inode. We use fs[ug]id for
* this, letting us set arbitrary permissions for filesystem access without
* changing the "normal" UIDs which are used for other things.
*
* When checking for MAY_APPEND, MAY_WRITE must also be set in @mask.
*/
int inode_permission(struct inode *inode, int mask)
{
int retval;
retval = sb_permission(inode->i_sb, inode, mask);
if (retval)
return retval;
if (unlikely(mask & MAY_WRITE)) {
/*
* Nobody gets write access to an immutable file.
*/
if (IS_IMMUTABLE(inode))
return -EPERM;
/*
* Updating mtime will likely cause i_uid and i_gid to be
* written back improperly if their true value is unknown
* to the vfs.
*/
if (HAS_UNMAPPED_ID(inode))
return -EACCES;
}
retval = do_inode_permission(inode, mask);
if (retval)
return retval;
retval = devcgroup_inode_permission(inode, mask);
if (retval)
return retval;
return security_inode_permission(inode, mask);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(inode_permission);
/**
* path_get - get a reference to a path
* @path: path to get the reference to
*
* Given a path increment the reference count to the dentry and the vfsmount.
*/
void path_get(const struct path *path)
{
mntget(path->mnt);
dget(path->dentry);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(path_get);
/**
* path_put - put a reference to a path
* @path: path to put the reference to
*
* Given a path decrement the reference count to the dentry and the vfsmount.
*/
void path_put(const struct path *path)
{
dput(path->dentry);
mntput(path->mnt);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(path_put);
#define EMBEDDED_LEVELS 2
struct nameidata {
struct path path;
struct qstr last;
struct path root;
struct inode *inode; /* path.dentry.d_inode */
unsigned int flags;
unsigned seq, m_seq;
int last_type;
unsigned depth;
int total_link_count;
struct saved {
struct path link;
struct delayed_call done;
const char *name;
unsigned seq;
} *stack, internal[EMBEDDED_LEVELS];
struct filename *name;
struct nameidata *saved;
struct inode *link_inode;
unsigned root_seq;
int dfd;
} __randomize_layout;
static void set_nameidata(struct nameidata *p, int dfd, struct filename *name)
{
struct nameidata *old = current->nameidata;
p->stack = p->internal;
p->dfd = dfd;
p->name = name;
p->total_link_count = old ? old->total_link_count : 0;
p->saved = old;
current->nameidata = p;
}
static void restore_nameidata(void)
{
struct nameidata *now = current->nameidata, *old = now->saved;
current->nameidata = old;
if (old)
old->total_link_count = now->total_link_count;
if (now->stack != now->internal)
kfree(now->stack);
}
static int __nd_alloc_stack(struct nameidata *nd)
{
struct saved *p;
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
p= kmalloc(MAXSYMLINKS * sizeof(struct saved),
GFP_ATOMIC);
if (unlikely(!p))
return -ECHILD;
} else {
p= kmalloc(MAXSYMLINKS * sizeof(struct saved),
GFP_KERNEL);
if (unlikely(!p))
return -ENOMEM;
}
memcpy(p, nd->internal, sizeof(nd->internal));
nd->stack = p;
return 0;
}
/**
* path_connected - Verify that a path->dentry is below path->mnt.mnt_root
* @path: nameidate to verify
*
* Rename can sometimes move a file or directory outside of a bind
* mount, path_connected allows those cases to be detected.
*/
static bool path_connected(const struct path *path)
{
struct vfsmount *mnt = path->mnt;
/* Only bind mounts can have disconnected paths */
if (mnt->mnt_root == mnt->mnt_sb->s_root)
return true;
return is_subdir(path->dentry, mnt->mnt_root);
}
static inline int nd_alloc_stack(struct nameidata *nd)
{
if (likely(nd->depth != EMBEDDED_LEVELS))
return 0;
if (likely(nd->stack != nd->internal))
return 0;
return __nd_alloc_stack(nd);
}
static void drop_links(struct nameidata *nd)
{
int i = nd->depth;
while (i--) {
struct saved *last = nd->stack + i;
do_delayed_call(&last->done);
clear_delayed_call(&last->done);
}
}
static void terminate_walk(struct nameidata *nd)
{
drop_links(nd);
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU)) {
int i;
path_put(&nd->path);
for (i = 0; i < nd->depth; i++)
path_put(&nd->stack[i].link);
if (nd->root.mnt && !(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT)) {
path_put(&nd->root);
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
}
} else {
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_RCU;
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT))
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
rcu_read_unlock();
}
nd->depth = 0;
}
/* path_put is needed afterwards regardless of success or failure */
static bool legitimize_path(struct nameidata *nd,
struct path *path, unsigned seq)
{
int res = __legitimize_mnt(path->mnt, nd->m_seq);
if (unlikely(res)) {
if (res > 0)
path->mnt = NULL;
path->dentry = NULL;
return false;
}
if (unlikely(!lockref_get_not_dead(&path->dentry->d_lockref))) {
path->dentry = NULL;
return false;
}
return !read_seqcount_retry(&path->dentry->d_seq, seq);
}
static bool legitimize_links(struct nameidata *nd)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < nd->depth; i++) {
struct saved *last = nd->stack + i;
if (unlikely(!legitimize_path(nd, &last->link, last->seq))) {
drop_links(nd);
nd->depth = i + 1;
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
/*
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
* Path walking has 2 modes, rcu-walk and ref-walk (see
* Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.txt). In situations when we can't
* continue in RCU mode, we attempt to drop out of rcu-walk mode and grab
* normal reference counts on dentries and vfsmounts to transition to ref-walk
* mode. Refcounts are grabbed at the last known good point before rcu-walk
* got stuck, so ref-walk may continue from there. If this is not successful
* (eg. a seqcount has changed), then failure is returned and it's up to caller
* to restart the path walk from the beginning in ref-walk mode.
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
*/
/**
* unlazy_walk - try to switch to ref-walk mode.
* @nd: nameidata pathwalk data
* Returns: 0 on success, -ECHILD on failure
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
*
* unlazy_walk attempts to legitimize the current nd->path and nd->root
* for ref-walk mode.
* Must be called from rcu-walk context.
* Nothing should touch nameidata between unlazy_walk() failure and
* terminate_walk().
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
*/
static int unlazy_walk(struct nameidata *nd)
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
{
struct dentry *parent = nd->path.dentry;
BUG_ON(!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU));
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-09 01:13:49 +00:00
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_RCU;
if (unlikely(!legitimize_links(nd)))
goto out2;
if (unlikely(!legitimize_path(nd, &nd->path, nd->seq)))
goto out1;
if (nd->root.mnt && !(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT)) {
if (unlikely(!legitimize_path(nd, &nd->root, nd->root_seq)))
goto out;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
BUG_ON(nd->inode != parent->d_inode);
return 0;
out2:
nd->path.mnt = NULL;
nd->path.dentry = NULL;
out1:
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT))
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
out:
rcu_read_unlock();
return -ECHILD;
}
/**
* unlazy_child - try to switch to ref-walk mode.
* @nd: nameidata pathwalk data
* @dentry: child of nd->path.dentry
* @seq: seq number to check dentry against
* Returns: 0 on success, -ECHILD on failure
*
* unlazy_child attempts to legitimize the current nd->path, nd->root and dentry
* for ref-walk mode. @dentry must be a path found by a do_lookup call on
* @nd. Must be called from rcu-walk context.
* Nothing should touch nameidata between unlazy_child() failure and
* terminate_walk().
*/
static int unlazy_child(struct nameidata *nd, struct dentry *dentry, unsigned seq)
{
BUG_ON(!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU));
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-09 01:13:49 +00:00
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_RCU;
if (unlikely(!legitimize_links(nd)))
goto out2;
if (unlikely(!legitimize_mnt(nd->path.mnt, nd->m_seq)))
goto out2;
if (unlikely(!lockref_get_not_dead(&nd->path.dentry->d_lockref)))
goto out1;
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-30 02:06:07 +00:00
/*
* We need to move both the parent and the dentry from the RCU domain
* to be properly refcounted. And the sequence number in the dentry
* validates *both* dentry counters, since we checked the sequence
* number of the parent after we got the child sequence number. So we
* know the parent must still be valid if the child sequence number is
*/
if (unlikely(!lockref_get_not_dead(&dentry->d_lockref)))
goto out;
if (unlikely(read_seqcount_retry(&dentry->d_seq, seq))) {
rcu_read_unlock();
dput(dentry);
goto drop_root_mnt;
}
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-09 01:13:49 +00:00
/*
* Sequence counts matched. Now make sure that the root is
* still valid and get it if required.
*/
if (nd->root.mnt && !(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT)) {
if (unlikely(!legitimize_path(nd, &nd->root, nd->root_seq))) {
rcu_read_unlock();
dput(dentry);
return -ECHILD;
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
}
rcu_read_unlock();
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
return 0;
out2:
nd->path.mnt = NULL;
out1:
nd->path.dentry = NULL;
vfs: fix dentry RCU to refcounting possibly sleeping dput() This is the fix that the last two commits indirectly led up to - making sure that we don't call dput() in a bad context on the dentries we've looked up in RCU mode after the sequence count validation fails. This basically expands d_rcu_to_refcount() into the callers, and then fixes the callers to delay the dput() in the failure case until _after_ we've dropped all locks and are no longer in an RCU-locked region. The case of 'complete_walk()' was trivial, since its failure case did the unlock_rcu_walk() directly after the call to d_rcu_to_refcount(), and as such that is just a pure expansion of the function with a trivial movement of the resulting dput() to after 'unlock_rcu_walk()'. In contrast, the unlazy_walk() case was much more complicated, because not only does convert two different dentries from RCU to be reference counted, but it used to not call unlock_rcu_walk() at all, and instead just returned an error and let the caller clean everything up in "terminate_walk()". Happily, one of the dentries in question (called "parent" inside unlazy_walk()) is the dentry of "nd->path", which terminate_walk() wants a refcount to anyway for the non-RCU case. So what the new and improved unlazy_walk() does is to first turn that dentry into a refcounted one, and once that is set up, the error cases can continue to use the terminate_walk() helper for cleanup, but for the non-RCU case. Which makes it possible to drop out of RCU mode if we actually hit the sequence number failure case. Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-09-09 01:13:49 +00:00
out:
rcu_read_unlock();
drop_root_mnt:
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT))
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
return -ECHILD;
}
static inline int d_revalidate(struct dentry *dentry, unsigned int flags)
{
if (unlikely(dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE))
return dentry->d_op->d_revalidate(dentry, flags);
else
return 1;
}
/**
* complete_walk - successful completion of path walk
* @nd: pointer nameidata
*
* If we had been in RCU mode, drop out of it and legitimize nd->path.
* Revalidate the final result, unless we'd already done that during
* the path walk or the filesystem doesn't ask for it. Return 0 on
* success, -error on failure. In case of failure caller does not
* need to drop nd->path.
*/
static int complete_walk(struct nameidata *nd)
{
struct dentry *dentry = nd->path.dentry;
int status;
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT))
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
if (unlikely(unlazy_walk(nd)))
return -ECHILD;
}
if (likely(!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_JUMPED)))
return 0;
vfs: kill FS_REVAL_DOT by adding a d_weak_revalidate dentry op The following set of operations on a NFS client and server will cause server# mkdir a client# cd a server# mv a a.bak client# sleep 30 # (or whatever the dir attrcache timeout is) client# stat . stat: cannot stat `.': Stale NFS file handle Obviously, we should not be getting an ESTALE error back there since the inode still exists on the server. The problem is that the lookup code will call d_revalidate on the dentry that "." refers to, because NFS has FS_REVAL_DOT set. nfs_lookup_revalidate will see that the parent directory has changed and will try to reverify the dentry by redoing a LOOKUP. That of course fails, so the lookup code returns ESTALE. The problem here is that d_revalidate is really a bad fit for this case. What we really want to know at this point is whether the inode is still good or not, but we don't really care what name it goes by or whether the dcache is still valid. Add a new d_op->d_weak_revalidate operation and have complete_walk call that instead of d_revalidate. The intent there is to allow for a "weaker" d_revalidate that just checks to see whether the inode is still good. This is also gives us an opportunity to kill off the FS_REVAL_DOT special casing. [AV: changed method name, added note in porting, fixed confusion re having it possibly called from RCU mode (it won't be)] Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-02-20 16:19:05 +00:00
if (likely(!(dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_OP_WEAK_REVALIDATE)))
return 0;
vfs: kill FS_REVAL_DOT by adding a d_weak_revalidate dentry op The following set of operations on a NFS client and server will cause server# mkdir a client# cd a server# mv a a.bak client# sleep 30 # (or whatever the dir attrcache timeout is) client# stat . stat: cannot stat `.': Stale NFS file handle Obviously, we should not be getting an ESTALE error back there since the inode still exists on the server. The problem is that the lookup code will call d_revalidate on the dentry that "." refers to, because NFS has FS_REVAL_DOT set. nfs_lookup_revalidate will see that the parent directory has changed and will try to reverify the dentry by redoing a LOOKUP. That of course fails, so the lookup code returns ESTALE. The problem here is that d_revalidate is really a bad fit for this case. What we really want to know at this point is whether the inode is still good or not, but we don't really care what name it goes by or whether the dcache is still valid. Add a new d_op->d_weak_revalidate operation and have complete_walk call that instead of d_revalidate. The intent there is to allow for a "weaker" d_revalidate that just checks to see whether the inode is still good. This is also gives us an opportunity to kill off the FS_REVAL_DOT special casing. [AV: changed method name, added note in porting, fixed confusion re having it possibly called from RCU mode (it won't be)] Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-02-20 16:19:05 +00:00
status = dentry->d_op->d_weak_revalidate(dentry, nd->flags);
if (status > 0)
return 0;
if (!status)
status = -ESTALE;
return status;
}
static void set_root(struct nameidata *nd)
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
{
struct fs_struct *fs = current->fs;
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
unsigned seq;
do {
seq = read_seqcount_begin(&fs->seq);
nd->root = fs->root;
nd->root_seq = __read_seqcount_begin(&nd->root.dentry->d_seq);
} while (read_seqcount_retry(&fs->seq, seq));
} else {
get_fs_root(fs, &nd->root);
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
}
static void path_put_conditional(struct path *path, struct nameidata *nd)
{
dput(path->dentry);
if (path->mnt != nd->path.mnt)
mntput(path->mnt);
}
static inline void path_to_nameidata(const struct path *path,
struct nameidata *nd)
{
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU)) {
dput(nd->path.dentry);
if (nd->path.mnt != path->mnt)
mntput(nd->path.mnt);
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
nd->path.mnt = path->mnt;
nd->path.dentry = path->dentry;
}
static int nd_jump_root(struct nameidata *nd)
{
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
struct dentry *d;
nd->path = nd->root;
d = nd->path.dentry;
nd->inode = d->d_inode;
nd->seq = nd->root_seq;
if (unlikely(read_seqcount_retry(&d->d_seq, nd->seq)))
return -ECHILD;
} else {
path_put(&nd->path);
nd->path = nd->root;
path_get(&nd->path);
nd->inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
}
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_JUMPED;
return 0;
}
/*
* Helper to directly jump to a known parsed path from ->get_link,
* caller must have taken a reference to path beforehand.
*/
void nd_jump_link(struct path *path)
{
struct nameidata *nd = current->nameidata;
path_put(&nd->path);
nd->path = *path;
nd->inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_JUMPED;
}
static inline void put_link(struct nameidata *nd)
{
struct saved *last = nd->stack + --nd->depth;
do_delayed_call(&last->done);
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU))
path_put(&last->link);
}
VFS: don't do protected {sym,hard}links by default In commit 800179c9b8a1 ("This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS"), the new link protections were enabled by default, in the hope that no actual application would care, despite it being technically against legacy UNIX (and documented POSIX) behavior. However, it does turn out to break some applications. It's rare, and it's unfortunate, but it's unacceptable to break existing systems, so we'll have to default to legacy behavior. In particular, it has broken the way AFD distributes files, see http://www.dwd.de/AFD/ along with some legacy scripts. Distributions can end up setting this at initrd time or in system scripts: if you have security problems due to link attacks during your early boot sequence, you have bigger problems than some kernel sysctl setting. Do: echo 1 > /proc/sys/fs/protected_symlinks echo 1 > /proc/sys/fs/protected_hardlinks to re-enable the link protections. Alternatively, we may at some point introduce a kernel config option that sets these kinds of "more secure but not traditional" behavioural options automatically. Reported-by: Nick Bowler <nbowler@elliptictech.com> Reported-by: Holger Kiehl <Holger.Kiehl@dwd.de> Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: stable@kernel.org # v3.6 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-10-26 17:05:07 +00:00
int sysctl_protected_symlinks __read_mostly = 0;
int sysctl_protected_hardlinks __read_mostly = 0;
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
/**
* may_follow_link - Check symlink following for unsafe situations
* @nd: nameidata pathwalk data
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
*
* In the case of the sysctl_protected_symlinks sysctl being enabled,
* CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE needs to be specifically ignored if the symlink is
* in a sticky world-writable directory. This is to protect privileged
* processes from failing races against path names that may change out
* from under them by way of other users creating malicious symlinks.
* It will permit symlinks to be followed only when outside a sticky
* world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower
* match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner.
*
* Returns 0 if following the symlink is allowed, -ve on error.
*/
static inline int may_follow_link(struct nameidata *nd)
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
{
const struct inode *inode;
const struct inode *parent;
kuid_t puid;
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
if (!sysctl_protected_symlinks)
return 0;
/* Allowed if owner and follower match. */
inode = nd->link_inode;
if (uid_eq(current_cred()->fsuid, inode->i_uid))
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
return 0;
/* Allowed if parent directory not sticky and world-writable. */
parent = nd->inode;
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
if ((parent->i_mode & (S_ISVTX|S_IWOTH)) != (S_ISVTX|S_IWOTH))
return 0;
/* Allowed if parent directory and link owner match. */
puid = parent->i_uid;
if (uid_valid(puid) && uid_eq(puid, inode->i_uid))
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
return 0;
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU)
return -ECHILD;
audit_log_link_denied("follow_link", &nd->stack[0].link);
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
return -EACCES;
}
/**
* safe_hardlink_source - Check for safe hardlink conditions
* @inode: the source inode to hardlink from
*
* Return false if at least one of the following conditions:
* - inode is not a regular file
* - inode is setuid
* - inode is setgid and group-exec
* - access failure for read and write
*
* Otherwise returns true.
*/
static bool safe_hardlink_source(struct inode *inode)
{
umode_t mode = inode->i_mode;
/* Special files should not get pinned to the filesystem. */
if (!S_ISREG(mode))
return false;
/* Setuid files should not get pinned to the filesystem. */
if (mode & S_ISUID)
return false;
/* Executable setgid files should not get pinned to the filesystem. */
if ((mode & (S_ISGID | S_IXGRP)) == (S_ISGID | S_IXGRP))
return false;
/* Hardlinking to unreadable or unwritable sources is dangerous. */
if (inode_permission(inode, MAY_READ | MAY_WRITE))
return false;
return true;
}
/**
* may_linkat - Check permissions for creating a hardlink
* @link: the source to hardlink from
*
* Block hardlink when all of:
* - sysctl_protected_hardlinks enabled
* - fsuid does not match inode
* - hardlink source is unsafe (see safe_hardlink_source() above)
* - not CAP_FOWNER in a namespace with the inode owner uid mapped
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
*
* Returns 0 if successful, -ve on error.
*/
static int may_linkat(struct path *link)
{
struct inode *inode;
if (!sysctl_protected_hardlinks)
return 0;
inode = link->dentry->d_inode;
/* Source inode owner (or CAP_FOWNER) can hardlink all they like,
* otherwise, it must be a safe source.
*/
if (safe_hardlink_source(inode) || inode_owner_or_capable(inode))
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
return 0;
audit_log_link_denied("linkat", link);
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
return -EPERM;
}
static __always_inline
const char *get_link(struct nameidata *nd)
{
struct saved *last = nd->stack + nd->depth - 1;
struct dentry *dentry = last->link.dentry;
struct inode *inode = nd->link_inode;
int error;
const char *res;
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU)) {
touch_atime(&last->link);
cond_resched();
} else if (atime_needs_update_rcu(&last->link, inode)) {
if (unlikely(unlazy_walk(nd)))
return ERR_PTR(-ECHILD);
touch_atime(&last->link);
}
error = security_inode_follow_link(dentry, inode,
nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU);
if (unlikely(error))
return ERR_PTR(error);
nd->last_type = LAST_BIND;
res = inode->i_link;
if (!res) {
const char * (*get)(struct dentry *, struct inode *,
struct delayed_call *);
get = inode->i_op->get_link;
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
res = get(NULL, inode, &last->done);
if (res == ERR_PTR(-ECHILD)) {
if (unlikely(unlazy_walk(nd)))
return ERR_PTR(-ECHILD);
res = get(dentry, inode, &last->done);
}
} else {
res = get(dentry, inode, &last->done);
}
if (IS_ERR_OR_NULL(res))
return res;
}
if (*res == '/') {
if (!nd->root.mnt)
set_root(nd);
if (unlikely(nd_jump_root(nd)))
return ERR_PTR(-ECHILD);
while (unlikely(*++res == '/'))
;
}
if (!*res)
res = NULL;
return res;
}
/*
* follow_up - Find the mountpoint of path's vfsmount
*
* Given a path, find the mountpoint of its source file system.
* Replace @path with the path of the mountpoint in the parent mount.
* Up is towards /.
*
* Return 1 if we went up a level and 0 if we were already at the
* root.
*/
int follow_up(struct path *path)
{
struct mount *mnt = real_mount(path->mnt);
struct mount *parent;
struct dentry *mountpoint;
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-30 02:06:07 +00:00
read_seqlock_excl(&mount_lock);
parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
if (parent == mnt) {
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-30 02:06:07 +00:00
read_sequnlock_excl(&mount_lock);
return 0;
}
mntget(&parent->mnt);
mountpoint = dget(mnt->mnt_mountpoint);
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-30 02:06:07 +00:00
read_sequnlock_excl(&mount_lock);
dput(path->dentry);
path->dentry = mountpoint;
mntput(path->mnt);
path->mnt = &parent->mnt;
return 1;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(follow_up);
/*
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
* Perform an automount
* - return -EISDIR to tell follow_managed() to stop and return the path we
* were called with.
*/
static int follow_automount(struct path *path, struct nameidata *nd,
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
bool *need_mntput)
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
{
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
struct vfsmount *mnt;
int err;
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
if (!path->dentry->d_op || !path->dentry->d_op->d_automount)
return -EREMOTE;
/* We don't want to mount if someone's just doing a stat -
* unless they're stat'ing a directory and appended a '/' to
* the name.
*
* We do, however, want to mount if someone wants to open or
* create a file of any type under the mountpoint, wants to
* traverse through the mountpoint or wants to open the
* mounted directory. Also, autofs may mark negative dentries
* as being automount points. These will need the attentions
* of the daemon to instantiate them before they can be used.
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
*/
if (!(nd->flags & (LOOKUP_PARENT | LOOKUP_DIRECTORY |
LOOKUP_OPEN | LOOKUP_CREATE | LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT)) &&
path->dentry->d_inode)
return -EISDIR;
nd->total_link_count++;
if (nd->total_link_count >= 40)
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
return -ELOOP;
mnt = path->dentry->d_op->d_automount(path);
if (IS_ERR(mnt)) {
/*
* The filesystem is allowed to return -EISDIR here to indicate
* it doesn't want to automount. For instance, autofs would do
* this so that its userspace daemon can mount on this dentry.
*
* However, we can only permit this if it's a terminal point in
* the path being looked up; if it wasn't then the remainder of
* the path is inaccessible and we should say so.
*/
if (PTR_ERR(mnt) == -EISDIR && (nd->flags & LOOKUP_PARENT))
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
return -EREMOTE;
return PTR_ERR(mnt);
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
}
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
if (!mnt) /* mount collision */
return 0;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 14:10:06 +00:00
if (!*need_mntput) {
/* lock_mount() may release path->mnt on error */
mntget(path->mnt);
*need_mntput = true;
}
err = finish_automount(mnt, path);
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
switch (err) {
case -EBUSY:
/* Someone else made a mount here whilst we were busy */
return 0;
case 0:
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 14:10:06 +00:00
path_put(path);
path->mnt = mnt;
path->dentry = dget(mnt->mnt_root);
return 0;
default:
return err;
}
}
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
/*
* Handle a dentry that is managed in some way.
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
* - Flagged for transit management (autofs)
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
* - Flagged as mountpoint
* - Flagged as automount point
*
* This may only be called in refwalk mode.
*
* Serialization is taken care of in namespace.c
*/
static int follow_managed(struct path *path, struct nameidata *nd)
{
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 14:10:06 +00:00
struct vfsmount *mnt = path->mnt; /* held by caller, must be left alone */
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
unsigned managed;
bool need_mntput = false;
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 14:10:06 +00:00
int ret = 0;
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
/* Given that we're not holding a lock here, we retain the value in a
* local variable for each dentry as we look at it so that we don't see
* the components of that value change under us */
locking/atomics: COCCINELLE/treewide: Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() patterns to READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the coccinelle script shown below and apply its output. For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in churn. However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following coccinelle script: ---- // Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and // WRITE_ONCE() // $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch virtual patch @ depends on patch @ expression E1, E2; @@ - ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2 + WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2) @ depends on patch @ expression E; @@ - ACCESS_ONCE(E) + READ_ONCE(E) ---- Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com> Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au Cc: shuah@kernel.org Cc: snitzer@redhat.com Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com Cc: tj@kernel.org Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk Cc: will.deacon@arm.com Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2017-10-23 21:07:29 +00:00
while (managed = READ_ONCE(path->dentry->d_flags),
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
managed &= DCACHE_MANAGED_DENTRY,
unlikely(managed != 0)) {
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
/* Allow the filesystem to manage the transit without i_mutex
* being held. */
if (managed & DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT) {
BUG_ON(!path->dentry->d_op);
BUG_ON(!path->dentry->d_op->d_manage);
ret = path->dentry->d_op->d_manage(path, false);
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
if (ret < 0)
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 14:10:06 +00:00
break;
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
}
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
/* Transit to a mounted filesystem. */
if (managed & DCACHE_MOUNTED) {
struct vfsmount *mounted = lookup_mnt(path);
if (mounted) {
dput(path->dentry);
if (need_mntput)
mntput(path->mnt);
path->mnt = mounted;
path->dentry = dget(mounted->mnt_root);
need_mntput = true;
continue;
}
/* Something is mounted on this dentry in another
* namespace and/or whatever was mounted there in this
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-30 02:06:07 +00:00
* namespace got unmounted before lookup_mnt() could
* get it */
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
}
/* Handle an automount point */
if (managed & DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT) {
ret = follow_automount(path, nd, &need_mntput);
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
if (ret < 0)
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 14:10:06 +00:00
break;
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
continue;
}
/* We didn't change the current path point */
break;
}
VFS: Fix vfsmount overput on simultaneous automount [Kudos to dhowells for tracking that crap down] If two processes attempt to cause automounting on the same mountpoint at the same time, the vfsmount holding the mountpoint will be left with one too few references on it, causing a BUG when the kernel tries to clean up. The problem is that lock_mount() drops the caller's reference to the mountpoint's vfsmount in the case where it finds something already mounted on the mountpoint as it transits to the mounted filesystem and replaces path->mnt with the new mountpoint vfsmount. During a pathwalk, however, we don't take a reference on the vfsmount if it is the same as the one in the nameidata struct, but do_add_mount() doesn't know this. The fix is to make sure we have a ref on the vfsmount of the mountpoint before calling do_add_mount(). However, if lock_mount() doesn't transit, we're then left with an extra ref on the mountpoint vfsmount which needs releasing. We can handle that in follow_managed() by not making assumptions about what we can and what we cannot get from lookup_mnt() as the current code does. The callers of follow_managed() expect that reference to path->mnt will be grabbed iff path->mnt has been changed. follow_managed() and follow_automount() keep track of whether such reference has been grabbed and assume that it'll happen in those and only those cases that'll have us return with changed path->mnt. That assumption is almost correct - it breaks in case of racing automounts and in even harder to hit race between following a mountpoint and a couple of mount --move. The thing is, we don't need to make that assumption at all - after the end of loop in follow_manage() we can check if path->mnt has ended up unchanged and do mntput() if needed. The BUG can be reproduced with the following test program: #include <stdio.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <sys/wait.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) { int pid, ws; struct stat buf; pid = fork(); stat(argv[1], &buf); if (pid > 0) wait(&ws); return 0; } and the following procedure: (1) Mount an NFS volume that on the server has something else mounted on a subdirectory. For instance, I can mount / from my server: mount warthog:/ /mnt -t nfs4 -r On the server /data has another filesystem mounted on it, so NFS will see a change in FSID as it walks down the path, and will mark /mnt/data as being a mountpoint. This will cause the automount code to be triggered. !!! Do not look inside the mounted fs at this point !!! (2) Run the above program on a file within the submount to generate two simultaneous automount requests: /tmp/forkstat /mnt/data/testfile (3) Unmount the automounted submount: umount /mnt/data (4) Unmount the original mount: umount /mnt At this point the kernel should throw a BUG with something like the following: BUG: Dentry ffff880032e3c5c0{i=2,n=} still in use (1) [unmount of nfs4 0:12] Note that the bug appears on the root dentry of the original mount, not the mountpoint and not the submount because sys_umount() hasn't got to its final mntput_no_expire() yet, but this isn't so obvious from the call trace: [<ffffffff8117cd82>] shrink_dcache_for_umount+0x69/0x82 [<ffffffff8116160e>] generic_shutdown_super+0x37/0x15b [<ffffffffa00fae56>] ? nfs_super_return_all_delegations+0x2e/0x1b1 [nfs] [<ffffffff811617f3>] kill_anon_super+0x1d/0x7e [<ffffffffa00d0be1>] nfs4_kill_super+0x60/0xb6 [nfs] [<ffffffff81161c17>] deactivate_locked_super+0x34/0x83 [<ffffffff811629ff>] deactivate_super+0x6f/0x7b [<ffffffff81186261>] mntput_no_expire+0x18d/0x199 [<ffffffff811862a8>] mntput+0x3b/0x44 [<ffffffff81186d87>] release_mounts+0xa2/0xbf [<ffffffff811876af>] sys_umount+0x47a/0x4ba [<ffffffff8109e1ca>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x1fd/0x22f [<ffffffff816ea86b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b as do_umount() is inlined. However, you can see release_mounts() in there. Note also that it may be necessary to have multiple CPU cores to be able to trigger this bug. Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Tested-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-16 14:10:06 +00:00
if (need_mntput && path->mnt == mnt)
mntput(path->mnt);
if (ret == -EISDIR || !ret)
ret = 1;
if (need_mntput)
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_JUMPED;
if (unlikely(ret < 0))
path_put_conditional(path, nd);
return ret;
}
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
int follow_down_one(struct path *path)
{
struct vfsmount *mounted;
mounted = lookup_mnt(path);
if (mounted) {
dput(path->dentry);
mntput(path->mnt);
path->mnt = mounted;
path->dentry = dget(mounted->mnt_root);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(follow_down_one);
static inline int managed_dentry_rcu(const struct path *path)
{
return (path->dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT) ?
path->dentry->d_op->d_manage(path, true) : 0;
}
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
/*
* Try to skip to top of mountpoint pile in rcuwalk mode. Fail if
* we meet a managed dentry that would need blocking.
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
*/
static bool __follow_mount_rcu(struct nameidata *nd, struct path *path,
struct inode **inode, unsigned *seqp)
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
{
for (;;) {
struct mount *mounted;
/*
* Don't forget we might have a non-mountpoint managed dentry
* that wants to block transit.
*/
switch (managed_dentry_rcu(path)) {
case -ECHILD:
default:
return false;
case -EISDIR:
return true;
case 0:
break;
}
if (!d_mountpoint(path->dentry))
return !(path->dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT);
mounted = __lookup_mnt(path->mnt, path->dentry);
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
if (!mounted)
break;
path->mnt = &mounted->mnt;
path->dentry = mounted->mnt.mnt_root;
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_JUMPED;
*seqp = read_seqcount_begin(&path->dentry->d_seq);
/*
* Update the inode too. We don't need to re-check the
* dentry sequence number here after this d_inode read,
* because a mount-point is always pinned.
*/
*inode = path->dentry->d_inode;
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
}
return !read_seqretry(&mount_lock, nd->m_seq) &&
!(path->dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT);
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
static int follow_dotdot_rcu(struct nameidata *nd)
{
struct inode *inode = nd->inode;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
while (1) {
if (path_equal(&nd->path, &nd->root))
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
break;
if (nd->path.dentry != nd->path.mnt->mnt_root) {
struct dentry *old = nd->path.dentry;
struct dentry *parent = old->d_parent;
unsigned seq;
inode = parent->d_inode;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
seq = read_seqcount_begin(&parent->d_seq);
if (unlikely(read_seqcount_retry(&old->d_seq, nd->seq)))
return -ECHILD;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
nd->path.dentry = parent;
nd->seq = seq;
if (unlikely(!path_connected(&nd->path)))
return -ENOENT;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
break;
} else {
struct mount *mnt = real_mount(nd->path.mnt);
struct mount *mparent = mnt->mnt_parent;
struct dentry *mountpoint = mnt->mnt_mountpoint;
struct inode *inode2 = mountpoint->d_inode;
unsigned seq = read_seqcount_begin(&mountpoint->d_seq);
if (unlikely(read_seqretry(&mount_lock, nd->m_seq)))
return -ECHILD;
if (&mparent->mnt == nd->path.mnt)
break;
/* we know that mountpoint was pinned */
nd->path.dentry = mountpoint;
nd->path.mnt = &mparent->mnt;
inode = inode2;
nd->seq = seq;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
}
}
while (unlikely(d_mountpoint(nd->path.dentry))) {
struct mount *mounted;
mounted = __lookup_mnt(nd->path.mnt, nd->path.dentry);
if (unlikely(read_seqretry(&mount_lock, nd->m_seq)))
return -ECHILD;
if (!mounted)
break;
nd->path.mnt = &mounted->mnt;
nd->path.dentry = mounted->mnt.mnt_root;
inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
nd->seq = read_seqcount_begin(&nd->path.dentry->d_seq);
}
nd->inode = inode;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
return 0;
}
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
/*
* Follow down to the covering mount currently visible to userspace. At each
* point, the filesystem owning that dentry may be queried as to whether the
* caller is permitted to proceed or not.
*/
int follow_down(struct path *path)
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
{
unsigned managed;
int ret;
locking/atomics: COCCINELLE/treewide: Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() patterns to READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE() Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the coccinelle script shown below and apply its output. For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in churn. However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following coccinelle script: ---- // Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and // WRITE_ONCE() // $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch virtual patch @ depends on patch @ expression E1, E2; @@ - ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2 + WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2) @ depends on patch @ expression E; @@ - ACCESS_ONCE(E) + READ_ONCE(E) ---- Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com> Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au Cc: shuah@kernel.org Cc: snitzer@redhat.com Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com Cc: tj@kernel.org Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk Cc: will.deacon@arm.com Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
2017-10-23 21:07:29 +00:00
while (managed = READ_ONCE(path->dentry->d_flags),
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
unlikely(managed & DCACHE_MANAGED_DENTRY)) {
/* Allow the filesystem to manage the transit without i_mutex
* being held.
*
* We indicate to the filesystem if someone is trying to mount
* something here. This gives autofs the chance to deny anyone
* other than its daemon the right to mount on its
* superstructure.
*
* The filesystem may sleep at this point.
*/
if (managed & DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT) {
BUG_ON(!path->dentry->d_op);
BUG_ON(!path->dentry->d_op->d_manage);
ret = path->dentry->d_op->d_manage(path, false);
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
if (ret < 0)
return ret == -EISDIR ? 0 : ret;
}
/* Transit to a mounted filesystem. */
if (managed & DCACHE_MOUNTED) {
struct vfsmount *mounted = lookup_mnt(path);
if (!mounted)
break;
dput(path->dentry);
mntput(path->mnt);
path->mnt = mounted;
path->dentry = dget(mounted->mnt_root);
continue;
}
/* Don't handle automount points here */
break;
}
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(follow_down);
Add a dentry op to allow processes to be held during pathwalk transit Add a dentry op (d_manage) to permit a filesystem to hold a process and make it sleep when it tries to transit away from one of that filesystem's directories during a pathwalk. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT). The filesystem is allowed to be selective about which processes it holds and which it permits to continue on or prohibits from transiting from each flagged directory. This will allow autofs to hold up client processes whilst letting its userspace daemon through to maintain the directory or the stuff behind it or mounted upon it. The ->d_manage() dentry operation: int (*d_manage)(struct path *path, bool mounting_here); takes a pointer to the directory about to be transited away from and a flag indicating whether the transit is undertaken by do_add_mount() or do_move_mount() skipping through a pile of filesystems mounted on a mountpoint. It should return 0 if successful and to let the process continue on its way; -EISDIR to prohibit the caller from skipping to overmounted filesystems or automounting, and to use this directory; or some other error code to return to the user. ->d_manage() is called with namespace_sem writelocked if mounting_here is true and no other locks held, so it may sleep. However, if mounting_here is true, it may not initiate or wait for a mount or unmount upon the parameter directory, even if the act is actually performed by userspace. Within fs/namei.c, follow_managed() is extended to check with d_manage() first on each managed directory, before transiting away from it or attempting to automount upon it. follow_down() is renamed follow_down_one() and should only be used where the filesystem deliberately intends to avoid management steps (e.g. autofs). A new follow_down() is added that incorporates the loop done by all other callers of follow_down() (do_add/move_mount(), autofs and NFSD; whilst AFS, NFS and CIFS do use it, their use is removed by converting them to use d_automount()). The new follow_down() calls d_manage() as appropriate. It also takes an extra parameter to indicate if it is being called from mount code (with namespace_sem writelocked) which it passes to d_manage(). follow_down() ignores automount points so that it can be used to mount on them. __follow_mount_rcu() is made to abort rcu-walk mode if it hits a directory with DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT set on the basis that we're probably going to have to sleep. It would be possible to enter d_manage() in rcu-walk mode too, and have that determine whether to abort or not itself. That would allow the autofs daemon to continue on in rcu-walk mode. Note that DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT on a directory should be cleared when it isn't required as every tranist from that directory will cause d_manage() to be invoked. It can always be set again when necessary. ========================== WHAT THIS MEANS FOR AUTOFS ========================== Autofs currently uses the lookup() inode op and the d_revalidate() dentry op to trigger the automounting of indirect mounts, and both of these can be called with i_mutex held. autofs knows that the i_mutex will be held by the caller in lookup(), and so can drop it before invoking the daemon - but this isn't so for d_revalidate(), since the lock is only held on _some_ of the code paths that call it. This means that autofs can't risk dropping i_mutex from its d_revalidate() function before it calls the daemon. The bug could manifest itself as, for example, a process that's trying to validate an automount dentry that gets made to wait because that dentry is expired and needs cleaning up: mkdir S ffffffff8014e05a 0 32580 24956 Call Trace: [<ffffffff885371fd>] :autofs4:autofs4_wait+0x674/0x897 [<ffffffff80127f7d>] avc_has_perm+0x46/0x58 [<ffffffff8009fdcf>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e [<ffffffff88537be6>] :autofs4:autofs4_expire_wait+0x41/0x6b [<ffffffff88535cfc>] :autofs4:autofs4_revalidate+0x91/0x149 [<ffffffff80036d96>] __lookup_hash+0xa0/0x12f [<ffffffff80057a2f>] lookup_create+0x46/0x80 [<ffffffff800e6e31>] sys_mkdirat+0x56/0xe4 versus the automount daemon which wants to remove that dentry, but can't because the normal process is holding the i_mutex lock: automount D ffffffff8014e05a 0 32581 1 32561 Call Trace: [<ffffffff80063c3f>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x60/0x9b [<ffffffff8000ccf1>] do_path_lookup+0x2ca/0x2f1 [<ffffffff80063c89>] .text.lock.mutex+0xf/0x14 [<ffffffff800e6d55>] do_rmdir+0x77/0xde [<ffffffff8005d229>] tracesys+0x71/0xe0 [<ffffffff8005d28d>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0 which means that the system is deadlocked. This patch allows autofs to hold up normal processes whilst the daemon goes ahead and does things to the dentry tree behind the automouter point without risking a deadlock as almost no locks are held in d_manage() and none in d_automount(). Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:26 +00:00
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
/*
* Skip to top of mountpoint pile in refwalk mode for follow_dotdot()
*/
static void follow_mount(struct path *path)
{
while (d_mountpoint(path->dentry)) {
struct vfsmount *mounted = lookup_mnt(path);
if (!mounted)
break;
dput(path->dentry);
mntput(path->mnt);
path->mnt = mounted;
path->dentry = dget(mounted->mnt_root);
}
}
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 15:29:47 +00:00
static int path_parent_directory(struct path *path)
{
struct dentry *old = path->dentry;
/* rare case of legitimate dget_parent()... */
path->dentry = dget_parent(path->dentry);
dput(old);
if (unlikely(!path_connected(path)))
return -ENOENT;
return 0;
}
static int follow_dotdot(struct nameidata *nd)
{
while(1) {
if (nd->path.dentry == nd->root.dentry &&
nd->path.mnt == nd->root.mnt) {
break;
}
if (nd->path.dentry != nd->path.mnt->mnt_root) {
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 15:29:47 +00:00
int ret = path_parent_directory(&nd->path);
if (ret)
return ret;
break;
}
if (!follow_up(&nd->path))
break;
}
follow_mount(&nd->path);
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
nd->inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
return 0;
}
/*
* This looks up the name in dcache and possibly revalidates the found dentry.
* NULL is returned if the dentry does not exist in the cache.
*/
static struct dentry *lookup_dcache(const struct qstr *name,
struct dentry *dir,
unsigned int flags)
{
struct dentry *dentry = d_lookup(dir, name);
if (dentry) {
int error = d_revalidate(dentry, flags);
if (unlikely(error <= 0)) {
if (!error)
d_invalidate(dentry);
dput(dentry);
return ERR_PTR(error);
}
}
return dentry;
}
/*
* Call i_op->lookup on the dentry. The dentry must be negative and
* unhashed.
*
* dir->d_inode->i_mutex must be held
*/
static struct dentry *lookup_real(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry,
unsigned int flags)
{
struct dentry *old;
/* Don't create child dentry for a dead directory. */
if (unlikely(IS_DEADDIR(dir))) {
dput(dentry);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOENT);
}
old = dir->i_op->lookup(dir, dentry, flags);
if (unlikely(old)) {
dput(dentry);
dentry = old;
}
return dentry;
}
static struct dentry *__lookup_hash(const struct qstr *name,
struct dentry *base, unsigned int flags)
{
struct dentry *dentry = lookup_dcache(name, base, flags);
if (dentry)
return dentry;
dentry = d_alloc(base, name);
if (unlikely(!dentry))
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
return lookup_real(base->d_inode, dentry, flags);
}
static int lookup_fast(struct nameidata *nd,
struct path *path, struct inode **inode,
unsigned *seqp)
{
struct vfsmount *mnt = nd->path.mnt;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
struct dentry *dentry, *parent = nd->path.dentry;
int status = 1;
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
int err;
/*
* Rename seqlock is not required here because in the off chance
* of a false negative due to a concurrent rename, the caller is
* going to fall back to non-racy lookup.
*/
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
unsigned seq;
bool negative;
dentry = __d_lookup_rcu(parent, &nd->last, &seq);
if (unlikely(!dentry)) {
if (unlazy_walk(nd))
return -ECHILD;
return 0;
}
vfs: clean up __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() interfaces The calling conventions for __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() are annoying in different ways, and there is actually one single underlying reason for both of the annoyances. The fundamental reason is that we do the returned dentry sequence number check inside __d_lookup_rcu() instead of doing it in the caller. This results in two annoyances: - __d_lookup_rcu() now not only needs to return the dentry and the sequence number that goes along with the lookup, it also needs to return the inode pointer that was validated by that sequence number check. - and because we did the sequence number check early (to validate the name pointer and length) we also couldn't just pass the dentry itself to dentry_cmp(), we had to pass the counted string that contained the name. So that sequence number decision caused two separate ugly calling conventions. Both of these problems would be solved if we just did the sequence number check in the caller instead. There's only one caller, and that caller already has to do the sequence number check for the parent anyway, so just do that. That allows us to stop returning the dentry->d_inode in that in-out argument (pointer-to-pointer-to-inode), so we can make the inode argument just a regular input inode pointer. The caller can just load the inode from dentry->d_inode, and then do the sequence number check after that to make sure that it's synchronized with the name we looked up. And it allows us to just pass in the dentry to dentry_cmp(), which is what all the callers really wanted. Sure, dentry_cmp() has to be a bit careful about the dentry (which is not stable during RCU lookup), but that's actually very simple. And now that dentry_cmp() can clearly see that the first string argument is a dentry, we can use the direct word access for that, instead of the careful unaligned zero-padding. The dentry name is always properly aligned, since it is a single path component that is either embedded into the dentry itself, or was allocated with kmalloc() (see __d_alloc). Finally, this also uninlines the nasty slow-case for dentry comparisons: that one *does* need to do a sequence number check, since it will call in to the low-level filesystems, and we want to give those a stable inode pointer and path component length/start arguments. Doing an extra sequence check for that slow case is not a problem, though. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 21:59:14 +00:00
/*
* This sequence count validates that the inode matches
* the dentry name information from lookup.
*/
*inode = d_backing_inode(dentry);
negative = d_is_negative(dentry);
if (unlikely(read_seqcount_retry(&dentry->d_seq, seq)))
vfs: clean up __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() interfaces The calling conventions for __d_lookup_rcu() and dentry_cmp() are annoying in different ways, and there is actually one single underlying reason for both of the annoyances. The fundamental reason is that we do the returned dentry sequence number check inside __d_lookup_rcu() instead of doing it in the caller. This results in two annoyances: - __d_lookup_rcu() now not only needs to return the dentry and the sequence number that goes along with the lookup, it also needs to return the inode pointer that was validated by that sequence number check. - and because we did the sequence number check early (to validate the name pointer and length) we also couldn't just pass the dentry itself to dentry_cmp(), we had to pass the counted string that contained the name. So that sequence number decision caused two separate ugly calling conventions. Both of these problems would be solved if we just did the sequence number check in the caller instead. There's only one caller, and that caller already has to do the sequence number check for the parent anyway, so just do that. That allows us to stop returning the dentry->d_inode in that in-out argument (pointer-to-pointer-to-inode), so we can make the inode argument just a regular input inode pointer. The caller can just load the inode from dentry->d_inode, and then do the sequence number check after that to make sure that it's synchronized with the name we looked up. And it allows us to just pass in the dentry to dentry_cmp(), which is what all the callers really wanted. Sure, dentry_cmp() has to be a bit careful about the dentry (which is not stable during RCU lookup), but that's actually very simple. And now that dentry_cmp() can clearly see that the first string argument is a dentry, we can use the direct word access for that, instead of the careful unaligned zero-padding. The dentry name is always properly aligned, since it is a single path component that is either embedded into the dentry itself, or was allocated with kmalloc() (see __d_alloc). Finally, this also uninlines the nasty slow-case for dentry comparisons: that one *does* need to do a sequence number check, since it will call in to the low-level filesystems, and we want to give those a stable inode pointer and path component length/start arguments. Doing an extra sequence check for that slow case is not a problem, though. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-04 21:59:14 +00:00
return -ECHILD;
/*
* This sequence count validates that the parent had no
* changes while we did the lookup of the dentry above.
*
* The memory barrier in read_seqcount_begin of child is
* enough, we can use __read_seqcount_retry here.
*/
if (unlikely(__read_seqcount_retry(&parent->d_seq, nd->seq)))
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
return -ECHILD;
*seqp = seq;
status = d_revalidate(dentry, nd->flags);
if (likely(status > 0)) {
/*
* Note: do negative dentry check after revalidation in
* case that drops it.
*/
if (unlikely(negative))
return -ENOENT;
path->mnt = mnt;
path->dentry = dentry;
if (likely(__follow_mount_rcu(nd, path, inode, seqp)))
return 1;
}
if (unlazy_child(nd, dentry, seq))
return -ECHILD;
if (unlikely(status == -ECHILD))
/* we'd been told to redo it in non-rcu mode */
status = d_revalidate(dentry, nd->flags);
} else {
dentry = __d_lookup(parent, &nd->last);
if (unlikely(!dentry))
return 0;
status = d_revalidate(dentry, nd->flags);
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
}
if (unlikely(status <= 0)) {
if (!status)
d_invalidate(dentry);
dput(dentry);
return status;
}
if (unlikely(d_is_negative(dentry))) {
dput(dentry);
return -ENOENT;
}
Add a dentry op to handle automounting rather than abusing follow_link() Add a dentry op (d_automount) to handle automounting directories rather than abusing the follow_link() inode operation. The operation is keyed off a new dentry flag (DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT). This also makes it easier to add an AT_ flag to suppress terminal segment automount during pathwalk and removes the need for the kludge code in the pathwalk algorithm to handle directories with follow_link() semantics. The ->d_automount() dentry operation: struct vfsmount *(*d_automount)(struct path *mountpoint); takes a pointer to the directory to be mounted upon, which is expected to provide sufficient data to determine what should be mounted. If successful, it should return the vfsmount struct it creates (which it should also have added to the namespace using do_add_mount() or similar). If there's a collision with another automount attempt, NULL should be returned. If the directory specified by the parameter should be used directly rather than being mounted upon, -EISDIR should be returned. In any other case, an error code should be returned. The ->d_automount() operation is called with no locks held and may sleep. At this point the pathwalk algorithm will be in ref-walk mode. Within fs/namei.c itself, a new pathwalk subroutine (follow_automount()) is added to handle mountpoints. It will return -EREMOTE if the automount flag was set, but no d_automount() op was supplied, -ELOOP if we've encountered too many symlinks or mountpoints, -EISDIR if the walk point should be used without mounting and 0 if successful. The path will be updated to point to the mounted filesystem if a successful automount took place. __follow_mount() is replaced by follow_managed() which is more generic (especially with the patch that adds ->d_manage()). This handles transits from directories during pathwalk, including automounting and skipping over mountpoints (and holding processes with the next patch). __follow_mount_rcu() will jump out of RCU-walk mode if it encounters an automount point with nothing mounted on it. follow_dotdot*() does not handle automounts as you don't want to trigger them whilst following "..". I've also extracted the mount/don't-mount logic from autofs4 and included it here. It makes the mount go ahead anyway if someone calls open() or creat(), tries to traverse the directory, tries to chdir/chroot/etc. into the directory, or sticks a '/' on the end of the pathname. If they do a stat(), however, they'll only trigger the automount if they didn't also say O_NOFOLLOW. I've also added an inode flag (S_AUTOMOUNT) so that filesystems can mark their inodes as automount points. This flag is automatically propagated to the dentry as DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT by __d_instantiate(). This saves NFS and could save AFS a private flag bit apiece, but is not strictly necessary. It would be preferable to do the propagation in d_set_d_op(), but that doesn't normally have access to the inode. [AV: fixed breakage in case if __follow_mount_rcu() fails and nameidata_drop_rcu() succeeds in RCU case of do_lookup(); we need to fall through to non-RCU case after that, rather than just returning with ungrabbed *path] Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Was-Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-01-14 18:45:21 +00:00
path->mnt = mnt;
path->dentry = dentry;
err = follow_managed(path, nd);
if (likely(err > 0))
*inode = d_backing_inode(path->dentry);
return err;
}
/* Fast lookup failed, do it the slow way */
static struct dentry *lookup_slow(const struct qstr *name,
struct dentry *dir,
unsigned int flags)
{
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 06:42:04 +00:00
struct dentry *dentry = ERR_PTR(-ENOENT), *old;
struct inode *inode = dir->d_inode;
DECLARE_WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD_ONSTACK(wq);
inode_lock_shared(inode);
/* Don't go there if it's already dead */
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 06:42:04 +00:00
if (unlikely(IS_DEADDIR(inode)))
goto out;
again:
dentry = d_alloc_parallel(dir, name, &wq);
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 06:42:04 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(dentry))
goto out;
if (unlikely(!d_in_lookup(dentry))) {
if (!(flags & LOOKUP_NO_REVAL)) {
int error = d_revalidate(dentry, flags);
if (unlikely(error <= 0)) {
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 06:42:04 +00:00
if (!error) {
d_invalidate(dentry);
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 06:42:04 +00:00
dput(dentry);
goto again;
}
dput(dentry);
dentry = ERR_PTR(error);
}
}
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 06:42:04 +00:00
} else {
old = inode->i_op->lookup(inode, dentry, flags);
d_lookup_done(dentry);
if (unlikely(old)) {
dput(dentry);
dentry = old;
}
}
parallel lookups machinery, part 3 We will need to be able to check if there is an in-lookup dentry with matching parent/name. Right now it's impossible, but as soon as start locking directories shared such beasts will appear. Add a secondary hash for locating those. Hash chains go through the same space where d_alias will be once it's not in-lookup anymore. Search is done under the same bitlock we use for modifications - with the primary hash we can rely on d_rehash() into the wrong chain being the worst that could happen, but here the pointers are buggered once it's removed from the chain. On the other hand, the chains are not going to be long and normally we'll end up adding to the chain anyway. That allows us to avoid bothering with ->d_lock when doing the comparisons - everything is stable until removed from chain. New helper: d_alloc_parallel(). Right now it allocates, verifies that no hashed and in-lookup matches exist and adds to in-lookup hash. Returns ERR_PTR() for error, hashed match (in the unlikely case it's been found) or new dentry. In-lookup matches trigger BUG() for now; that will change in the next commit when we introduce waiting for ongoing lookup to finish. Note that in-lookup matches won't be possible until we actually go for shared locking. lookup_slow() switched to use of d_alloc_parallel(). Again, these commits are separated only for making it easier to review. All this machinery will start doing something useful only when we go for shared locking; it's just that the combination is too large for my taste. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2016-04-15 06:42:04 +00:00
out:
inode_unlock_shared(inode);
return dentry;
}
static inline int may_lookup(struct nameidata *nd)
{
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
int err = inode_permission(nd->inode, MAY_EXEC|MAY_NOT_BLOCK);
if (err != -ECHILD)
return err;
if (unlazy_walk(nd))
return -ECHILD;
}
return inode_permission(nd->inode, MAY_EXEC);
}
static inline int handle_dots(struct nameidata *nd, int type)
{
if (type == LAST_DOTDOT) {
if (!nd->root.mnt)
set_root(nd);
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
return follow_dotdot_rcu(nd);
} else
return follow_dotdot(nd);
}
return 0;
}
static int pick_link(struct nameidata *nd, struct path *link,
struct inode *inode, unsigned seq)
{
int error;
struct saved *last;
if (unlikely(nd->total_link_count++ >= MAXSYMLINKS)) {
path_to_nameidata(link, nd);
return -ELOOP;
}
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU)) {
if (link->mnt == nd->path.mnt)
mntget(link->mnt);
}
error = nd_alloc_stack(nd);
if (unlikely(error)) {
if (error == -ECHILD) {
if (unlikely(!legitimize_path(nd, link, seq))) {
drop_links(nd);
nd->depth = 0;
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_RCU;
nd->path.mnt = NULL;
nd->path.dentry = NULL;
if (!(nd->flags & LOOKUP_ROOT))
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
rcu_read_unlock();
} else if (likely(unlazy_walk(nd)) == 0)
error = nd_alloc_stack(nd);
}
if (error) {
path_put(link);
return error;
}
}
last = nd->stack + nd->depth++;
last->link = *link;
clear_delayed_call(&last->done);
nd->link_inode = inode;
last->seq = seq;
return 1;
}
enum {WALK_FOLLOW = 1, WALK_MORE = 2};
/*
* Do we need to follow links? We _really_ want to be able
* to do this check without having to look at inode->i_op,
* so we keep a cache of "no, this doesn't need follow_link"
* for the common case.
*/
static inline int step_into(struct nameidata *nd, struct path *path,
int flags, struct inode *inode, unsigned seq)
{
if (!(flags & WALK_MORE) && nd->depth)
put_link(nd);
if (likely(!d_is_symlink(path->dentry)) ||
!(flags & WALK_FOLLOW || nd->flags & LOOKUP_FOLLOW)) {
/* not a symlink or should not follow */
path_to_nameidata(path, nd);
nd->inode = inode;
nd->seq = seq;
return 0;
}
/* make sure that d_is_symlink above matches inode */
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
if (read_seqcount_retry(&path->dentry->d_seq, seq))
return -ECHILD;
}
return pick_link(nd, path, inode, seq);
}
static int walk_component(struct nameidata *nd, int flags)
{
struct path path;
struct inode *inode;
unsigned seq;
int err;
/*
* "." and ".." are special - ".." especially so because it has
* to be able to know about the current root directory and
* parent relationships.
*/
if (unlikely(nd->last_type != LAST_NORM)) {
err = handle_dots(nd, nd->last_type);
if (!(flags & WALK_MORE) && nd->depth)
put_link(nd);
return err;
}
err = lookup_fast(nd, &path, &inode, &seq);
if (unlikely(err <= 0)) {
if (err < 0)
return err;
path.dentry = lookup_slow(&nd->last, nd->path.dentry,
nd->flags);
if (IS_ERR(path.dentry))
return PTR_ERR(path.dentry);
path.mnt = nd->path.mnt;
err = follow_managed(&path, nd);
if (unlikely(err < 0))
return err;
if (unlikely(d_is_negative(path.dentry))) {
path_to_nameidata(&path, nd);
return -ENOENT;
}
seq = 0; /* we are already out of RCU mode */
inode = d_backing_inode(path.dentry);
}
return step_into(nd, &path, flags, inode, seq);
}
/*
* We can do the critical dentry name comparison and hashing
* operations one word at a time, but we are limited to:
*
* - Architectures with fast unaligned word accesses. We could
* do a "get_unaligned()" if this helps and is sufficiently
* fast.
*
* - non-CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC configurations (so that we
* do not trap on the (extremely unlikely) case of a page
* crossing operation.
*
* - Furthermore, we need an efficient 64-bit compile for the
* 64-bit case in order to generate the "number of bytes in
* the final mask". Again, that could be replaced with a
* efficient population count instruction or similar.
*/
#ifdef CONFIG_DCACHE_WORD_ACCESS
#include <asm/word-at-a-time.h>
#ifdef HASH_MIX
/* Architecture provides HASH_MIX and fold_hash() in <asm/hash.h> */
#elif defined(CONFIG_64BIT)
/*
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
* Register pressure in the mixing function is an issue, particularly
* on 32-bit x86, but almost any function requires one state value and
* one temporary. Instead, use a function designed for two state values
* and no temporaries.
*
* This function cannot create a collision in only two iterations, so
* we have two iterations to achieve avalanche. In those two iterations,
* we have six layers of mixing, which is enough to spread one bit's
* influence out to 2^6 = 64 state bits.
*
* Rotate constants are scored by considering either 64 one-bit input
* deltas or 64*63/2 = 2016 two-bit input deltas, and finding the
* probability of that delta causing a change to each of the 128 output
* bits, using a sample of random initial states.
*
* The Shannon entropy of the computed probabilities is then summed
* to produce a score. Ideally, any input change has a 50% chance of
* toggling any given output bit.
*
* Mixing scores (in bits) for (12,45):
* Input delta: 1-bit 2-bit
* 1 round: 713.3 42542.6
* 2 rounds: 2753.7 140389.8
* 3 rounds: 5954.1 233458.2
* 4 rounds: 7862.6 256672.2
* Perfect: 8192 258048
* (64*128) (64*63/2 * 128)
*/
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
#define HASH_MIX(x, y, a) \
( x ^= (a), \
y ^= x, x = rol64(x,12),\
x += y, y = rol64(y,45),\
y *= 9 )
/*
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
* Fold two longs into one 32-bit hash value. This must be fast, but
* latency isn't quite as critical, as there is a fair bit of additional
* work done before the hash value is used.
*/
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
static inline unsigned int fold_hash(unsigned long x, unsigned long y)
{
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
y ^= x * GOLDEN_RATIO_64;
y *= GOLDEN_RATIO_64;
return y >> 32;
}
#else /* 32-bit case */
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
/*
* Mixing scores (in bits) for (7,20):
* Input delta: 1-bit 2-bit
* 1 round: 330.3 9201.6
* 2 rounds: 1246.4 25475.4
* 3 rounds: 1907.1 31295.1
* 4 rounds: 2042.3 31718.6
* Perfect: 2048 31744
* (32*64) (32*31/2 * 64)
*/
#define HASH_MIX(x, y, a) \
( x ^= (a), \
y ^= x, x = rol32(x, 7),\
x += y, y = rol32(y,20),\
y *= 9 )
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
static inline unsigned int fold_hash(unsigned long x, unsigned long y)
{
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
/* Use arch-optimized multiply if one exists */
return __hash_32(y ^ __hash_32(x));
}
#endif
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
/*
* Return the hash of a string of known length. This is carfully
* designed to match hash_name(), which is the more critical function.
* In particular, we must end by hashing a final word containing 0..7
* payload bytes, to match the way that hash_name() iterates until it
* finds the delimiter after the name.
*/
unsigned int full_name_hash(const void *salt, const char *name, unsigned int len)
{
unsigned long a, x = 0, y = (unsigned long)salt;
for (;;) {
if (!len)
goto done;
a = load_unaligned_zeropad(name);
if (len < sizeof(unsigned long))
break;
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
HASH_MIX(x, y, a);
name += sizeof(unsigned long);
len -= sizeof(unsigned long);
}
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
x ^= a & bytemask_from_count(len);
done:
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
return fold_hash(x, y);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(full_name_hash);
/* Return the "hash_len" (hash and length) of a null-terminated string */
u64 hashlen_string(const void *salt, const char *name)
{
unsigned long a = 0, x = 0, y = (unsigned long)salt;
unsigned long adata, mask, len;
const struct word_at_a_time constants = WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS;
len = 0;
goto inside;
do {
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
HASH_MIX(x, y, a);
len += sizeof(unsigned long);
inside:
a = load_unaligned_zeropad(name+len);
} while (!has_zero(a, &adata, &constants));
adata = prep_zero_mask(a, adata, &constants);
mask = create_zero_mask(adata);
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
x ^= a & zero_bytemask(mask);
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
return hashlen_create(fold_hash(x, y), len + find_zero(mask));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(hashlen_string);
/*
* Calculate the length and hash of the path component, and
* return the "hash_len" as the result.
*/
static inline u64 hash_name(const void *salt, const char *name)
{
unsigned long a = 0, b, x = 0, y = (unsigned long)salt;
unsigned long adata, bdata, mask, len;
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 17:43:17 +00:00
const struct word_at_a_time constants = WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS;
len = 0;
goto inside;
do {
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
HASH_MIX(x, y, a);
len += sizeof(unsigned long);
inside:
a = load_unaligned_zeropad(name+len);
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 17:43:17 +00:00
b = a ^ REPEAT_BYTE('/');
} while (!(has_zero(a, &adata, &constants) | has_zero(b, &bdata, &constants)));
adata = prep_zero_mask(a, adata, &constants);
bdata = prep_zero_mask(b, bdata, &constants);
mask = create_zero_mask(adata | bdata);
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
x ^= a & zero_bytemask(mask);
word-at-a-time: make the interfaces truly generic This changes the interfaces in <asm/word-at-a-time.h> to be a bit more complicated, but a lot more generic. In particular, it allows us to really do the operations efficiently on both little-endian and big-endian machines, pretty much regardless of machine details. For example, if you can rely on a fast population count instruction on your architecture, this will allow you to make your optimized <asm/word-at-a-time.h> file with that. NOTE! The "generic" version in include/asm-generic/word-at-a-time.h is not truly generic, it actually only works on big-endian. Why? Because on little-endian the generic algorithms are wasteful, since you can inevitably do better. The x86 implementation is an example of that. (The only truly non-generic part of the asm-generic implementation is the "find_zero()" function, and you could make a little-endian version of it. And if the Kbuild infrastructure allowed us to pick a particular header file, that would be lovely) The <asm/word-at-a-time.h> functions are as follows: - WORD_AT_A_TIME_CONSTANTS: specific constants that the algorithm uses. - has_zero(): take a word, and determine if it has a zero byte in it. It gets the word, the pointer to the constant pool, and a pointer to an intermediate "data" field it can set. This is the "quick-and-dirty" zero tester: it's what is run inside the hot loops. - "prep_zero_mask()": take the word, the data that has_zero() produced, and the constant pool, and generate an *exact* mask of which byte had the first zero. This is run directly *outside* the loop, and allows the "has_zero()" function to answer the "is there a zero byte" question without necessarily getting exactly *which* byte is the first one to contain a zero. If you do multiple byte lookups concurrently (eg "hash_name()", which looks for both NUL and '/' bytes), after you've done the prep_zero_mask() phase, the result of those can be or'ed together to get the "either or" case. - The result from "prep_zero_mask()" can then be fed into "find_zero()" (to find the byte offset of the first byte that was zero) or into "zero_bytemask()" (to find the bytemask of the bytes preceding the zero byte). The existence of zero_bytemask() is optional, and is not necessary for the normal string routines. But dentry name hashing needs it, so if you enable DENTRY_WORD_AT_A_TIME you need to expose it. This changes the generic strncpy_from_user() function and the dentry hashing functions to use these modified word-at-a-time interfaces. This gets us back to the optimized state of the x86 strncpy that we lost in the previous commit when moving over to the generic version. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-26 17:43:17 +00:00
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
return hashlen_create(fold_hash(x, y), len + find_zero(mask));
}
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
#else /* !CONFIG_DCACHE_WORD_ACCESS: Slow, byte-at-a-time version */
/* Return the hash of a string of known length */
unsigned int full_name_hash(const void *salt, const char *name, unsigned int len)
{
unsigned long hash = init_name_hash(salt);
while (len--)
hash = partial_name_hash((unsigned char)*name++, hash);
return end_name_hash(hash);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(full_name_hash);
/* Return the "hash_len" (hash and length) of a null-terminated string */
u64 hashlen_string(const void *salt, const char *name)
{
unsigned long hash = init_name_hash(salt);
unsigned long len = 0, c;
c = (unsigned char)*name;
while (c) {
len++;
hash = partial_name_hash(c, hash);
c = (unsigned char)name[len];
}
return hashlen_create(end_name_hash(hash), len);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(hashlen_string);
/*
* We know there's a real path component here of at least
* one character.
*/
static inline u64 hash_name(const void *salt, const char *name)
{
unsigned long hash = init_name_hash(salt);
unsigned long len = 0, c;
c = (unsigned char)*name;
do {
len++;
hash = partial_name_hash(c, hash);
c = (unsigned char)name[len];
} while (c && c != '/');
return hashlen_create(end_name_hash(hash), len);
}
#endif
/*
* Name resolution.
* This is the basic name resolution function, turning a pathname into
* the final dentry. We expect 'base' to be positive and a directory.
*
* Returns 0 and nd will have valid dentry and mnt on success.
* Returns error and drops reference to input namei data on failure.
*/
static int link_path_walk(const char *name, struct nameidata *nd)
{
int err;
while (*name=='/')
name++;
if (!*name)
return 0;
/* At this point we know we have a real path component. */
for(;;) {
u64 hash_len;
int type;
err = may_lookup(nd);
fs/namei.c: Improve dcache hash function Patch 0fed3ac866 improved the hash mixing, but the function is slower than necessary; there's a 7-instruction dependency chain (10 on x86) each loop iteration. Word-at-a-time access is a very tight loop (which is good, because link_path_walk() is one of the hottest code paths in the entire kernel), and the hash mixing function must not have a longer latency to avoid slowing it down. There do not appear to be any published fast hash functions that: 1) Operate on the input a word at a time, and 2) Don't need to know the length of the input beforehand, and 3) Have a single iterated mixing function, not needing conditional branches or unrolling to distinguish different loop iterations. One of the algorithms which comes closest is Yann Collet's xxHash, but that's two dependent multiplies per word, which is too much. The key insights in this design are: 1) Barring expensive ops like multiplies, to diffuse one input bit across 64 bits of hash state takes at least log2(64) = 6 sequentially dependent instructions. That is more cycles than we'd like. 2) An operation like "hash ^= hash << 13" requires a second temporary register anyway, and on a 2-operand machine like x86, it's three instructions. 3) A better use of a second register is to hold a two-word hash state. With careful design, no temporaries are needed at all, so it doesn't increase register pressure. And this gets rid of register copying on 2-operand machines, so the code is smaller and faster. 4) Using two words of state weakens the requirement for one-round mixing; we now have two rounds of mixing before cancellation is possible. 5) A two-word hash state also allows operations on both halves to be done in parallel, so on a superscalar processor we get more mixing in fewer cycles. I ended up using a mixing function inspired by the ChaCha and Speck round functions. It is 6 simple instructions and 3 cycles per iteration (assuming multiply by 9 can be done by an "lea" instruction): x ^= *input++; y ^= x; x = ROL(x, K1); x += y; y = ROL(y, K2); y *= 9; Not only is this reversible, two consecutive rounds are reversible: if you are given the initial and final states, but not the intermediate state, it is possible to compute both input words. This means that at least 3 words of input are required to create a collision. (It also has the property, used by hash_name() to avoid a branch, that it hashes all-zero to all-zero.) The rotate constants K1 and K2 were found by experiment. The search took a sample of random initial states (I used 1023) and considered the effect of flipping each of the 64 input bits on each of the 128 output bits two rounds later. Each of the 8192 pairs can be considered a biased coin, and adding up the Shannon entropy of all of them produces a score. The best-scoring shifts also did well in other tests (flipping bits in y, trying 3 or 4 rounds of mixing, flipping all 64*63/2 pairs of input bits), so the choice was made with the additional constraint that the sum of the shifts is odd and not too close to the word size. The final state is then folded into a 32-bit hash value by a less carefully optimized multiply-based scheme. This also has to be fast, as pathname components tend to be short (the most common case is one iteration!), but there's some room for latency, as there is a fair bit of intervening logic before the hash value is used for anything. (Performance verified with "bonnie++ -s 0 -n 1536:-2" on tmpfs. I need a better benchmark; the numbers seem to show a slight dip in performance between 4.6.0 and this patch, but they're too noisy to quote.) Special thanks to Bruce fields for diligent testing which uncovered a nasty fencepost error in an earlier version of this patch. [checkpatch.pl formatting complaints noted and respectfully disagreed with.] Signed-off-by: George Spelvin <linux@sciencehorizons.net> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2016-05-23 11:43:58 +00:00
if (err)
return err;
hash_len = hash_name(nd->path.dentry, name);
type = LAST_NORM;
if (name[0] == '.') switch (hashlen_len(hash_len)) {
case 2:
if (name[1] == '.') {
type = LAST_DOTDOT;
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_JUMPED;
}
break;
case 1:
type = LAST_DOT;
}
if (likely(type == LAST_NORM)) {
struct dentry *parent = nd->path.dentry;
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_JUMPED;
if (unlikely(parent->d_flags & DCACHE_OP_HASH)) {
struct qstr this = { { .hash_len = hash_len }, .name = name };
err = parent->d_op->d_hash(parent, &this);
if (err < 0)
return err;
hash_len = this.hash_len;
name = this.name;
}
}
nd->last.hash_len = hash_len;
nd->last.name = name;
nd->last_type = type;
name += hashlen_len(hash_len);
if (!*name)
goto OK;
/*
* If it wasn't NUL, we know it was '/'. Skip that
* slash, and continue until no more slashes.
*/
do {
name++;
} while (unlikely(*name == '/'));
if (unlikely(!*name)) {
OK:
/* pathname body, done */
if (!nd->depth)
return 0;
name = nd->stack[nd->depth - 1].name;
/* trailing symlink, done */
if (!name)
return 0;
/* last component of nested symlink */
err = walk_component(nd, WALK_FOLLOW);
} else {
/* not the last component */
err = walk_component(nd, WALK_FOLLOW | WALK_MORE);
}
if (err < 0)
return err;
if (err) {
const char *s = get_link(nd);
if (IS_ERR(s))
return PTR_ERR(s);
err = 0;
if (unlikely(!s)) {
/* jumped */
put_link(nd);
} else {
nd->stack[nd->depth - 1].name = name;
name = s;
continue;
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
}
if (unlikely(!d_can_lookup(nd->path.dentry))) {
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
if (unlazy_walk(nd))
return -ECHILD;
}
return -ENOTDIR;
}
}
}
static const char *path_init(struct nameidata *nd, unsigned flags)
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
{
const char *s = nd->name->name;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
if (!*s)
flags &= ~LOOKUP_RCU;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
nd->last_type = LAST_ROOT; /* if there are only slashes... */
nd->flags = flags | LOOKUP_JUMPED | LOOKUP_PARENT;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
nd->depth = 0;
if (flags & LOOKUP_ROOT) {
struct dentry *root = nd->root.dentry;
struct inode *inode = root->d_inode;
if (*s && unlikely(!d_can_lookup(root)))
return ERR_PTR(-ENOTDIR);
nd->path = nd->root;
nd->inode = inode;
if (flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
rcu_read_lock();
nd->seq = __read_seqcount_begin(&nd->path.dentry->d_seq);
nd->root_seq = nd->seq;
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-30 02:06:07 +00:00
nd->m_seq = read_seqbegin(&mount_lock);
} else {
path_get(&nd->path);
}
return s;
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
nd->path.mnt = NULL;
nd->path.dentry = NULL;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
RCU'd vfsmounts * RCU-delayed freeing of vfsmounts * vfsmount_lock replaced with a seqlock (mount_lock) * sequence number from mount_lock is stored in nameidata->m_seq and used when we exit RCU mode * new vfsmount flag - MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT. Set by umount_tree() when its caller knows that vfsmount will have no surviving references. * synchronize_rcu() done between unlocking namespace_sem in namespace_unlock() and doing pending mntput(). * new helper: legitimize_mnt(mnt, seq). Checks the mount_lock sequence number against seq, then grabs reference to mnt. Then it rechecks mount_lock again to close the race and either returns success or drops the reference it has acquired. The subtle point is that in case of MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT we can simply decrement the refcount and sod off - aforementioned synchronize_rcu() makes sure that final mntput() won't come until we leave RCU mode. We need that, since we don't want to end up with some lazy pathwalk racing with umount() and stealing the final mntput() from it - caller of umount() may expect it to return only once the fs is shut down and we don't want to break that. In other cases (i.e. with MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT absent) we have to do full-blown mntput() in case of mount_lock sequence number mismatch happening just as we'd grabbed the reference, but in those cases we won't be stealing the final mntput() from anything that would care. * mntput_no_expire() doesn't lock anything on the fast path now. Incidentally, SMP and UP cases are handled the same way - no ifdefs there. * normal pathname resolution does *not* do any writes to mount_lock. It does, of course, bump the refcounts of vfsmount and dentry in the very end, but that's it. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-09-30 02:06:07 +00:00
nd->m_seq = read_seqbegin(&mount_lock);
if (*s == '/') {
if (flags & LOOKUP_RCU)
rcu_read_lock();
set_root(nd);
if (likely(!nd_jump_root(nd)))
return s;
nd->root.mnt = NULL;
rcu_read_unlock();
return ERR_PTR(-ECHILD);
} else if (nd->dfd == AT_FDCWD) {
if (flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
struct fs_struct *fs = current->fs;
unsigned seq;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
rcu_read_lock();
do {
seq = read_seqcount_begin(&fs->seq);
nd->path = fs->pwd;
nd->inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
nd->seq = __read_seqcount_begin(&nd->path.dentry->d_seq);
} while (read_seqcount_retry(&fs->seq, seq));
} else {
get_fs_pwd(current->fs, &nd->path);
nd->inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
}
return s;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
} else {
/* Caller must check execute permissions on the starting path component */
struct fd f = fdget_raw(nd->dfd);
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
struct dentry *dentry;
if (!f.file)
return ERR_PTR(-EBADF);
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
dentry = f.file->f_path.dentry;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
if (*s) {
if (!d_can_lookup(dentry)) {
fdput(f);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOTDIR);
}
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
nd->path = f.file->f_path;
if (flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
rcu_read_lock();
nd->inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
nd->seq = read_seqcount_begin(&nd->path.dentry->d_seq);
} else {
path_get(&nd->path);
nd->inode = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
}
fdput(f);
return s;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
}
}
static const char *trailing_symlink(struct nameidata *nd)
{
const char *s;
int error = may_follow_link(nd);
if (unlikely(error))
return ERR_PTR(error);
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_PARENT;
nd->stack[0].name = NULL;
s = get_link(nd);
return s ? s : "";
}
static inline int lookup_last(struct nameidata *nd)
{
if (nd->last_type == LAST_NORM && nd->last.name[nd->last.len])
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_FOLLOW | LOOKUP_DIRECTORY;
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_PARENT;
return walk_component(nd, 0);
}
static int handle_lookup_down(struct nameidata *nd)
{
struct path path = nd->path;
struct inode *inode = nd->inode;
unsigned seq = nd->seq;
int err;
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
/*
* don't bother with unlazy_walk on failure - we are
* at the very beginning of walk, so we lose nothing
* if we simply redo everything in non-RCU mode
*/
if (unlikely(!__follow_mount_rcu(nd, &path, &inode, &seq)))
return -ECHILD;
} else {
dget(path.dentry);
err = follow_managed(&path, nd);
if (unlikely(err < 0))
return err;
inode = d_backing_inode(path.dentry);
seq = 0;
}
path_to_nameidata(&path, nd);
nd->inode = inode;
nd->seq = seq;
return 0;
}
/* Returns 0 and nd will be valid on success; Retuns error, otherwise. */
static int path_lookupat(struct nameidata *nd, unsigned flags, struct path *path)
{
const char *s = path_init(nd, flags);
int err;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(s))
return PTR_ERR(s);
if (unlikely(flags & LOOKUP_DOWN)) {
err = handle_lookup_down(nd);
if (unlikely(err < 0)) {
terminate_walk(nd);
return err;
}
}
while (!(err = link_path_walk(s, nd))
&& ((err = lookup_last(nd)) > 0)) {
s = trailing_symlink(nd);
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
err = PTR_ERR(s);
break;
}
}
if (!err)
err = complete_walk(nd);
if (!err && nd->flags & LOOKUP_DIRECTORY)
if (!d_can_lookup(nd->path.dentry))
err = -ENOTDIR;
if (!err) {
*path = nd->path;
nd->path.mnt = NULL;
nd->path.dentry = NULL;
}
terminate_walk(nd);
return err;
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
static int filename_lookup(int dfd, struct filename *name, unsigned flags,
struct path *path, struct path *root)
{
int retval;
struct nameidata nd;
if (IS_ERR(name))
return PTR_ERR(name);
if (unlikely(root)) {
nd.root = *root;
flags |= LOOKUP_ROOT;
}
set_nameidata(&nd, dfd, name);
retval = path_lookupat(&nd, flags | LOOKUP_RCU, path);
if (unlikely(retval == -ECHILD))
retval = path_lookupat(&nd, flags, path);
if (unlikely(retval == -ESTALE))
retval = path_lookupat(&nd, flags | LOOKUP_REVAL, path);
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
if (likely(!retval))
audit_inode(name, path->dentry, flags & LOOKUP_PARENT);
restore_nameidata();
putname(name);
return retval;
}
/* Returns 0 and nd will be valid on success; Retuns error, otherwise. */
static int path_parentat(struct nameidata *nd, unsigned flags,
struct path *parent)
{
const char *s = path_init(nd, flags);
int err;
if (IS_ERR(s))
return PTR_ERR(s);
err = link_path_walk(s, nd);
if (!err)
err = complete_walk(nd);
if (!err) {
*parent = nd->path;
nd->path.mnt = NULL;
nd->path.dentry = NULL;
}
terminate_walk(nd);
return err;
}
static struct filename *filename_parentat(int dfd, struct filename *name,
unsigned int flags, struct path *parent,
struct qstr *last, int *type)
{
int retval;
struct nameidata nd;
if (IS_ERR(name))
return name;
set_nameidata(&nd, dfd, name);
retval = path_parentat(&nd, flags | LOOKUP_RCU, parent);
if (unlikely(retval == -ECHILD))
retval = path_parentat(&nd, flags, parent);
if (unlikely(retval == -ESTALE))
retval = path_parentat(&nd, flags | LOOKUP_REVAL, parent);
if (likely(!retval)) {
*last = nd.last;
*type = nd.last_type;
audit_inode(name, parent->dentry, LOOKUP_PARENT);
} else {
putname(name);
name = ERR_PTR(retval);
}
restore_nameidata();
return name;
}
/* does lookup, returns the object with parent locked */
struct dentry *kern_path_locked(const char *name, struct path *path)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
struct filename *filename;
struct dentry *d;
struct qstr last;
int type;
filename = filename_parentat(AT_FDCWD, getname_kernel(name), 0, path,
&last, &type);
if (IS_ERR(filename))
return ERR_CAST(filename);
if (unlikely(type != LAST_NORM)) {
path_put(path);
putname(filename);
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
}
inode_lock_nested(path->dentry->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
d = __lookup_hash(&last, path->dentry, 0);
if (IS_ERR(d)) {
inode_unlock(path->dentry->d_inode);
path_put(path);
}
putname(filename);
return d;
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
}
int kern_path(const char *name, unsigned int flags, struct path *path)
{
return filename_lookup(AT_FDCWD, getname_kernel(name),
flags, path, NULL);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(kern_path);
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 08:48:18 +00:00
/**
* vfs_path_lookup - lookup a file path relative to a dentry-vfsmount pair
* @dentry: pointer to dentry of the base directory
* @mnt: pointer to vfs mount of the base directory
* @name: pointer to file name
* @flags: lookup flags
* @path: pointer to struct path to fill
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 08:48:18 +00:00
*/
int vfs_path_lookup(struct dentry *dentry, struct vfsmount *mnt,
const char *name, unsigned int flags,
struct path *path)
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 08:48:18 +00:00
{
struct path root = {.mnt = mnt, .dentry = dentry};
/* the first argument of filename_lookup() is ignored with root */
return filename_lookup(AT_FDCWD, getname_kernel(name),
flags , path, &root);
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 08:48:18 +00:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_path_lookup);
fs: introduce vfs_path_lookup Stackable file systems, among others, frequently need to lookup paths or path components starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace (identified by a dentry and a vfsmount). Currently, such file systems use lookup_one_len, which is frowned upon [1] as it does not pass the lookup intent along; not passing a lookup intent, for example, can trigger BUG_ON's when stacking on top of NFSv4. The first patch introduces a new lookup function to allow lookup starting from an arbitrary point in the namespace. This approach has been suggested by Christoph Hellwig [2]. The second patch changes sunrpc to use vfs_path_lookup. The third patch changes nfsctl.c to use vfs_path_lookup. The fourth patch marks link_path_walk static. The fifth, and last patch, unexports path_walk because it is no longer unnecessary to call it directly, and using the new vfs_path_lookup is cleaner. For example, the following snippet of code, looks up "some/path/component" in a directory pointed to by parent_{dentry,vfsmnt}: err = vfs_path_lookup(parent_dentry, parent_vfsmnt, "some/path/component", 0, &nd); if (!err) { /* exits */ ... /* once done, release the references */ path_release(&nd); } else if (err == -ENOENT) { /* doesn't exist */ } else { /* other error */ } VFS functions such as lookup_create can be used on the nameidata structure to pass the create intent to the file system. Signed-off-by: Josef 'Jeff' Sipek <jsipek@cs.sunysb.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2007-07-19 08:48:18 +00:00
/**
fs: fix kernel-doc notation warnings Fix kernel-doc notation warnings in fs/. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/super.c:560): missing initial short description on line: * mark_files_ro Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/namei.c:1368): missing initial short description on line: * lookup_one_len: filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3221): missing initial short description on line: * bh_uptodate_or_lock: Test whether the buffer is uptodate Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3240): missing initial short description on line: * bh_submit_read: Submit a locked buffer for reading Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:30): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_acquire: attempt to get exclusive writeback access to a device Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:47): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_in_progress: determine whether there is writeback in progress Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:58): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_release: relinquish exclusive writeback access against a device. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:351): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:561): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/jbd/transaction.c:1935): missing initial short description on line: * void journal_invalidatepage() Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-20 00:01:00 +00:00
* lookup_one_len - filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component
* @name: pathname component to lookup
* @base: base directory to lookup from
* @len: maximum length @len should be interpreted to
*
fs: fix kernel-doc notation warnings Fix kernel-doc notation warnings in fs/. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/super.c:560): missing initial short description on line: * mark_files_ro Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/locks.c:1277): missing initial short description on line: * lease_get_mtime Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/namei.c:1368): missing initial short description on line: * lookup_one_len: filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3221): missing initial short description on line: * bh_uptodate_or_lock: Test whether the buffer is uptodate Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/buffer.c:3240): missing initial short description on line: * bh_submit_read: Submit a locked buffer for reading Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:30): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_acquire: attempt to get exclusive writeback access to a device Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:47): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_in_progress: determine whether there is writeback in progress Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/fs-writeback.c:58): missing initial short description on line: * writeback_release: relinquish exclusive writeback access against a device. Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:351): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//include/linux/jbd.h:561): contents before sections Warning(mmotm-2008-0314-1449//fs/jbd/transaction.c:1935): missing initial short description on line: * void journal_invalidatepage() Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-03-20 00:01:00 +00:00
* Note that this routine is purely a helper for filesystem usage and should
* not be called by generic code.
*
* The caller must hold base->i_mutex.
*/
struct dentry *lookup_one_len(const char *name, struct dentry *base, int len)
{
struct qstr this;
unsigned int c;
int err;
WARN_ON_ONCE(!inode_is_locked(base->d_inode));
Fix i_mutex vs. readdir handling in nfsd Commit 14f7dd63 ("Copy XFS readdir hack into nfsd code") introduced a bug to generic code which had been extant for a long time in the XFS version -- it started to call through into lookup_one_len() and hence into the file systems' ->lookup() methods without i_mutex held on the directory. This patch fixes it by locking the directory's i_mutex again before calling the filldir functions. The original deadlocks which commit 14f7dd63 was designed to avoid are still avoided, because they were due to fs-internal locking, not i_mutex. While we're at it, fix the return type of nfsd_buffered_readdir() which should be a __be32 not an int -- it's an NFS errno, not a Linux errno. And return nfserrno(-ENOMEM) when allocation fails, not just -ENOMEM. Sparse would have caught that, if it wasn't so busy bitching about __cold__. Commit 05f4f678 ("nfsd4: don't do lookup within readdir in recovery code") introduced a similar problem with calling lookup_one_len() without i_mutex, which this patch also addresses. To fix that, it was necessary to fix the called functions so that they expect i_mutex to be held; that part was done by J. Bruce Fields. Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com> Umm-I-can-live-with-that-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Reported-by: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05@yahoo.co.jp> Tested-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu> LKML-Reference: <8036.1237474444@jrobl> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2009-04-20 22:18:37 +00:00
this.name = name;
this.len = len;
this.hash = full_name_hash(base, name, len);
if (!len)
return ERR_PTR(-EACCES);
if (unlikely(name[0] == '.')) {
if (len < 2 || (len == 2 && name[1] == '.'))
return ERR_PTR(-EACCES);
}
while (len--) {
c = *(const unsigned char *)name++;
if (c == '/' || c == '\0')
return ERR_PTR(-EACCES);
}
/*
* See if the low-level filesystem might want
* to use its own hash..
*/
if (base->d_flags & DCACHE_OP_HASH) {
int err = base->d_op->d_hash(base, &this);
if (err < 0)
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
err = inode_permission(base->d_inode, MAY_EXEC);
if (err)
return ERR_PTR(err);
return __lookup_hash(&this, base, 0);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(lookup_one_len);
/**
* lookup_one_len_unlocked - filesystem helper to lookup single pathname component
* @name: pathname component to lookup
* @base: base directory to lookup from
* @len: maximum length @len should be interpreted to
*
* Note that this routine is purely a helper for filesystem usage and should
* not be called by generic code.
*
* Unlike lookup_one_len, it should be called without the parent
* i_mutex held, and will take the i_mutex itself if necessary.
*/
struct dentry *lookup_one_len_unlocked(const char *name,
struct dentry *base, int len)
{
struct qstr this;
unsigned int c;
int err;
struct dentry *ret;
this.name = name;
this.len = len;
this.hash = full_name_hash(base, name, len);
if (!len)
return ERR_PTR(-EACCES);
if (unlikely(name[0] == '.')) {
if (len < 2 || (len == 2 && name[1] == '.'))
return ERR_PTR(-EACCES);
}
while (len--) {
c = *(const unsigned char *)name++;
if (c == '/' || c == '\0')
return ERR_PTR(-EACCES);
}
/*
* See if the low-level filesystem might want
* to use its own hash..
*/
if (base->d_flags & DCACHE_OP_HASH) {
int err = base->d_op->d_hash(base, &this);
if (err < 0)
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
err = inode_permission(base->d_inode, MAY_EXEC);
if (err)
return ERR_PTR(err);
ret = lookup_dcache(&this, base, 0);
if (!ret)
ret = lookup_slow(&this, base, 0);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(lookup_one_len_unlocked);
devpts: Make each mount of devpts an independent filesystem. The /dev/ptmx device node is changed to lookup the directory entry "pts" in the same directory as the /dev/ptmx device node was opened in. If there is a "pts" entry and that entry is a devpts filesystem /dev/ptmx uses that filesystem. Otherwise the open of /dev/ptmx fails. The DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES configuration option is removed, so that userspace can now safely depend on each mount of devpts creating a new instance of the filesystem. Each mount of devpts is now a separate and equal filesystem. Reserved ttys are now available to all instances of devpts where the mounter is in the initial mount namespace. A new vfs helper path_pts is introduced that finds a directory entry named "pts" in the directory of the passed in path, and changes the passed in path to point to it. The helper path_pts uses a function path_parent_directory that was factored out of follow_dotdot. In the implementation of devpts: - devpts_mnt is killed as it is no longer meaningful if all mounts of devpts are equal. - pts_sb_from_inode is replaced by just inode->i_sb as all cached inodes in the tty layer are now from the devpts filesystem. - devpts_add_ref is rolled into the new function devpts_ptmx. And the unnecessary inode hold is removed. - devpts_del_ref is renamed devpts_release and reduced to just a deacrivate_super. - The newinstance mount option continues to be accepted but is now ignored. In devpts_fs.h definitions for when !CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS are removed as they are never used. Documentation/filesystems/devices.txt is updated to describe the current situation. This has been verified to work properly on openwrt-15.05, centos5, centos6, centos7, debian-6.0.2, debian-7.9, debian-8.2, ubuntu-14.04.3, ubuntu-15.10, fedora23, magia-5, mint-17.3, opensuse-42.1, slackware-14.1, gentoo-20151225 (13.0?), archlinux-2015-12-01. With the caveat that on centos6 and on slackware-14.1 that there wind up being two instances of the devpts filesystem mounted on /dev/pts, the lower copy does not end up getting used. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com> Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com> Cc: Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@ubuntu.com> Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu> Cc: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> Cc: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> Cc: Jann Horn <jann@thejh.net> Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: Florian Weimer <fw@deneb.enyo.de> Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-06-02 15:29:47 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS
int path_pts(struct path *path)
{
/* Find something mounted on "pts" in the same directory as
* the input path.
*/
struct dentry *child, *parent;
struct qstr this;
int ret;
ret = path_parent_directory(path);
if (ret)
return ret;
parent = path->dentry;
this.name = "pts";
this.len = 3;
child = d_hash_and_lookup(parent, &this);
if (!child)
return -ENOENT;
path->dentry = child;
dput(parent);
follow_mount(path);
return 0;
}
#endif
int user_path_at_empty(int dfd, const char __user *name, unsigned flags,
struct path *path, int *empty)
{
return filename_lookup(dfd, getname_flags(name, flags, empty),
flags, path, NULL);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(user_path_at_empty);
/**
* mountpoint_last - look up last component for umount
* @nd: pathwalk nameidata - currently pointing at parent directory of "last"
*
* This is a special lookup_last function just for umount. In this case, we
* need to resolve the path without doing any revalidation.
*
* The nameidata should be the result of doing a LOOKUP_PARENT pathwalk. Since
* mountpoints are always pinned in the dcache, their ancestors are too. Thus,
* in almost all cases, this lookup will be served out of the dcache. The only
* cases where it won't are if nd->last refers to a symlink or the path is
* bogus and it doesn't exist.
*
* Returns:
* -error: if there was an error during lookup. This includes -ENOENT if the
* lookup found a negative dentry.
*
* 0: if we successfully resolved nd->last and found it to not to be a
* symlink that needs to be followed.
*
* 1: if we successfully resolved nd->last and found it to be a symlink
* that needs to be followed.
*/
static int
mountpoint_last(struct nameidata *nd)
{
int error = 0;
struct dentry *dir = nd->path.dentry;
struct path path;
/* If we're in rcuwalk, drop out of it to handle last component */
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU) {
if (unlazy_walk(nd))
return -ECHILD;
}
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_PARENT;
if (unlikely(nd->last_type != LAST_NORM)) {
error = handle_dots(nd, nd->last_type);
if (error)
return error;
path.dentry = dget(nd->path.dentry);
} else {
path.dentry = d_lookup(dir, &nd->last);
if (!path.dentry) {
/*
* No cached dentry. Mounted dentries are pinned in the
* cache, so that means that this dentry is probably
* a symlink or the path doesn't actually point
* to a mounted dentry.
*/
path.dentry = lookup_slow(&nd->last, dir,
nd->flags | LOOKUP_NO_REVAL);
if (IS_ERR(path.dentry))
return PTR_ERR(path.dentry);
}
}
if (d_is_negative(path.dentry)) {
dput(path.dentry);
return -ENOENT;
}
path.mnt = nd->path.mnt;
return step_into(nd, &path, 0, d_backing_inode(path.dentry), 0);
}
/**
* path_mountpoint - look up a path to be umounted
* @nd: lookup context
* @flags: lookup flags
* @path: pointer to container for result
*
* Look up the given name, but don't attempt to revalidate the last component.
* Returns 0 and "path" will be valid on success; Returns error otherwise.
*/
static int
path_mountpoint(struct nameidata *nd, unsigned flags, struct path *path)
{
const char *s = path_init(nd, flags);
int err;
if (IS_ERR(s))
return PTR_ERR(s);
while (!(err = link_path_walk(s, nd)) &&
(err = mountpoint_last(nd)) > 0) {
s = trailing_symlink(nd);
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
err = PTR_ERR(s);
break;
}
}
if (!err) {
*path = nd->path;
nd->path.mnt = NULL;
nd->path.dentry = NULL;
follow_mount(path);
}
terminate_walk(nd);
return err;
}
static int
filename_mountpoint(int dfd, struct filename *name, struct path *path,
unsigned int flags)
{
struct nameidata nd;
int error;
if (IS_ERR(name))
return PTR_ERR(name);
set_nameidata(&nd, dfd, name);
error = path_mountpoint(&nd, flags | LOOKUP_RCU, path);
if (unlikely(error == -ECHILD))
error = path_mountpoint(&nd, flags, path);
if (unlikely(error == -ESTALE))
error = path_mountpoint(&nd, flags | LOOKUP_REVAL, path);
if (likely(!error))
audit_inode(name, path->dentry, 0);
restore_nameidata();
putname(name);
return error;
}
/**
* user_path_mountpoint_at - lookup a path from userland in order to umount it
* @dfd: directory file descriptor
* @name: pathname from userland
* @flags: lookup flags
* @path: pointer to container to hold result
*
* A umount is a special case for path walking. We're not actually interested
* in the inode in this situation, and ESTALE errors can be a problem. We
* simply want track down the dentry and vfsmount attached at the mountpoint
* and avoid revalidating the last component.
*
* Returns 0 and populates "path" on success.
*/
int
user_path_mountpoint_at(int dfd, const char __user *name, unsigned int flags,
struct path *path)
{
return filename_mountpoint(dfd, getname(name), path, flags);
}
int
kern_path_mountpoint(int dfd, const char *name, struct path *path,
unsigned int flags)
{
return filename_mountpoint(dfd, getname_kernel(name), path, flags);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(kern_path_mountpoint);
int __check_sticky(struct inode *dir, struct inode *inode)
{
kuid_t fsuid = current_fsuid();
if (uid_eq(inode->i_uid, fsuid))
return 0;
if (uid_eq(dir->i_uid, fsuid))
return 0;
return !capable_wrt_inode_uidgid(inode, CAP_FOWNER);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__check_sticky);
/*
* Check whether we can remove a link victim from directory dir, check
* whether the type of victim is right.
* 1. We can't do it if dir is read-only (done in permission())
* 2. We should have write and exec permissions on dir
* 3. We can't remove anything from append-only dir
* 4. We can't do anything with immutable dir (done in permission())
* 5. If the sticky bit on dir is set we should either
* a. be owner of dir, or
* b. be owner of victim, or
* c. have CAP_FOWNER capability
* 6. If the victim is append-only or immutable we can't do antyhing with
* links pointing to it.
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 19:54:46 +00:00
* 7. If the victim has an unknown uid or gid we can't change the inode.
* 8. If we were asked to remove a directory and victim isn't one - ENOTDIR.
* 9. If we were asked to remove a non-directory and victim isn't one - EISDIR.
* 10. We can't remove a root or mountpoint.
* 11. We don't allow removal of NFS sillyrenamed files; it's handled by
* nfs_async_unlink().
*/
static int may_delete(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *victim, bool isdir)
{
struct inode *inode = d_backing_inode(victim);
int error;
if (d_is_negative(victim))
return -ENOENT;
BUG_ON(!inode);
BUG_ON(victim->d_parent->d_inode != dir);
audit_inode_child(dir, victim, AUDIT_TYPE_CHILD_DELETE);
error = inode_permission(dir, MAY_WRITE | MAY_EXEC);
if (error)
return error;
if (IS_APPEND(dir))
return -EPERM;
if (check_sticky(dir, inode) || IS_APPEND(inode) ||
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 19:54:46 +00:00
IS_IMMUTABLE(inode) || IS_SWAPFILE(inode) || HAS_UNMAPPED_ID(inode))
return -EPERM;
if (isdir) {
if (!d_is_dir(victim))
return -ENOTDIR;
if (IS_ROOT(victim))
return -EBUSY;
} else if (d_is_dir(victim))
return -EISDIR;
if (IS_DEADDIR(dir))
return -ENOENT;
if (victim->d_flags & DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED)
return -EBUSY;
return 0;
}
/* Check whether we can create an object with dentry child in directory
* dir.
* 1. We can't do it if child already exists (open has special treatment for
* this case, but since we are inlined it's OK)
* 2. We can't do it if dir is read-only (done in permission())
* 3. We can't do it if the fs can't represent the fsuid or fsgid.
* 4. We should have write and exec permissions on dir
* 5. We can't do it if dir is immutable (done in permission())
*/
static inline int may_create(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *child)
{
struct user_namespace *s_user_ns;
audit: add child record before the create to handle case where create fails Historically, when a syscall that creates a dentry fails, you get an audit record that looks something like this (when trying to create a file named "new" in "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63"): type=PATH msg=audit(1366128956.279:965): item=0 name="/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63/new" inode=2138308 dev=fd:02 mode=040700 ouid=0 ogid=0 rdev=00:00 obj=staff_u:object_r:user_tmp_t:s15:c0.c1023 This record makes no sense since it's associating the inode information for "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63" with the path "/tmp/tmp.SxiLnCcv63/new". The recent patch I posted to fix the audit_inode call in do_last fixes this, by making it look more like this: type=PATH msg=audit(1366128765.989:13875): item=0 name="/tmp/tmp.DJ1O8V3e4f/" inode=141 dev=fd:02 mode=040700 ouid=0 ogid=0 rdev=00:00 obj=staff_u:object_r:user_tmp_t:s15:c0.c1023 While this is more correct, if the creation of the file fails, then we have no record of the filename that the user tried to create. This patch adds a call to audit_inode_child to may_create. This creates an AUDIT_TYPE_CHILD_CREATE record that will sit in place until the create succeeds. When and if the create does succeed, then this record will be updated with the correct inode info from the create. This fixes what was broken in commit bfcec708. Commit 79f6530c should also be backported to stable v3.7+. Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
2013-05-08 14:25:58 +00:00
audit_inode_child(dir, child, AUDIT_TYPE_CHILD_CREATE);
if (child->d_inode)
return -EEXIST;
if (IS_DEADDIR(dir))
return -ENOENT;
s_user_ns = dir->i_sb->s_user_ns;
if (!kuid_has_mapping(s_user_ns, current_fsuid()) ||
!kgid_has_mapping(s_user_ns, current_fsgid()))
return -EOVERFLOW;
return inode_permission(dir, MAY_WRITE | MAY_EXEC);
}
/*
* p1 and p2 should be directories on the same fs.
*/
struct dentry *lock_rename(struct dentry *p1, struct dentry *p2)
{
struct dentry *p;
if (p1 == p2) {
inode_lock_nested(p1->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
return NULL;
}
mutex_lock(&p1->d_sb->s_vfs_rename_mutex);
p = d_ancestor(p2, p1);
if (p) {
inode_lock_nested(p2->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
inode_lock_nested(p1->d_inode, I_MUTEX_CHILD);
return p;
}
p = d_ancestor(p1, p2);
if (p) {
inode_lock_nested(p1->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
inode_lock_nested(p2->d_inode, I_MUTEX_CHILD);
return p;
}
inode_lock_nested(p1->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
inode_lock_nested(p2->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT2);
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(lock_rename);
void unlock_rename(struct dentry *p1, struct dentry *p2)
{
inode_unlock(p1->d_inode);
if (p1 != p2) {
inode_unlock(p2->d_inode);
mutex_unlock(&p1->d_sb->s_vfs_rename_mutex);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unlock_rename);
int vfs_create(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode,
bool want_excl)
{
int error = may_create(dir, dentry);
if (error)
return error;
if (!dir->i_op->create)
return -EACCES; /* shouldn't it be ENOSYS? */
mode &= S_IALLUGO;
mode |= S_IFREG;
error = security_inode_create(dir, dentry, mode);
if (error)
return error;
error = dir->i_op->create(dir, dentry, mode, want_excl);
if (!error)
fsnotify_create(dir, dentry);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_create);
int vfs_mkobj(struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode,
int (*f)(struct dentry *, umode_t, void *),
void *arg)
{
struct inode *dir = dentry->d_parent->d_inode;
int error = may_create(dir, dentry);
if (error)
return error;
mode &= S_IALLUGO;
mode |= S_IFREG;
error = security_inode_create(dir, dentry, mode);
if (error)
return error;
error = f(dentry, mode, arg);
if (!error)
fsnotify_create(dir, dentry);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_mkobj);
bool may_open_dev(const struct path *path)
{
return !(path->mnt->mnt_flags & MNT_NODEV) &&
!(path->mnt->mnt_sb->s_iflags & SB_I_NODEV);
}
static int may_open(const struct path *path, int acc_mode, int flag)
{
struct dentry *dentry = path->dentry;
struct inode *inode = dentry->d_inode;
int error;
if (!inode)
return -ENOENT;
switch (inode->i_mode & S_IFMT) {
case S_IFLNK:
return -ELOOP;
case S_IFDIR:
if (acc_mode & MAY_WRITE)
return -EISDIR;
break;
case S_IFBLK:
case S_IFCHR:
if (!may_open_dev(path))
return -EACCES;
/*FALLTHRU*/
case S_IFIFO:
case S_IFSOCK:
flag &= ~O_TRUNC;
break;
}
error = inode_permission(inode, MAY_OPEN | acc_mode);
if (error)
return error;
/*
* An append-only file must be opened in append mode for writing.
*/
if (IS_APPEND(inode)) {
if ((flag & O_ACCMODE) != O_RDONLY && !(flag & O_APPEND))
return -EPERM;
if (flag & O_TRUNC)
return -EPERM;
}
/* O_NOATIME can only be set by the owner or superuser */
if (flag & O_NOATIME && !inode_owner_or_capable(inode))
return -EPERM;
return 0;
}
static int handle_truncate(struct file *filp)
{
const struct path *path = &filp->f_path;
struct inode *inode = path->dentry->d_inode;
int error = get_write_access(inode);
if (error)
return error;
/*
* Refuse to truncate files with mandatory locks held on them.
*/
error = locks_verify_locked(filp);
if (!error)
error = security_path_truncate(path);
if (!error) {
error = do_truncate(path->dentry, 0,
ATTR_MTIME|ATTR_CTIME|ATTR_OPEN,
filp);
}
put_write_access(inode);
return error;
}
static inline int open_to_namei_flags(int flag)
{
if ((flag & O_ACCMODE) == 3)
flag--;
return flag;
}
static int may_o_create(const struct path *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode)
{
struct user_namespace *s_user_ns;
int error = security_path_mknod(dir, dentry, mode, 0);
if (error)
return error;
s_user_ns = dir->dentry->d_sb->s_user_ns;
if (!kuid_has_mapping(s_user_ns, current_fsuid()) ||
!kgid_has_mapping(s_user_ns, current_fsgid()))
return -EOVERFLOW;
error = inode_permission(dir->dentry->d_inode, MAY_WRITE | MAY_EXEC);
if (error)
return error;
return security_inode_create(dir->dentry->d_inode, dentry, mode);
}
/*
* Attempt to atomically look up, create and open a file from a negative
* dentry.
*
* Returns 0 if successful. The file will have been created and attached to
* @file by the filesystem calling finish_open().
*
* Returns 1 if the file was looked up only or didn't need creating. The
* caller will need to perform the open themselves. @path will have been
* updated to point to the new dentry. This may be negative.
*
* Returns an error code otherwise.
*/
static int atomic_open(struct nameidata *nd, struct dentry *dentry,
struct path *path, struct file *file,
const struct open_flags *op,
int open_flag, umode_t mode,
int *opened)
{
struct dentry *const DENTRY_NOT_SET = (void *) -1UL;
struct inode *dir = nd->path.dentry->d_inode;
int error;
if (!(~open_flag & (O_EXCL | O_CREAT))) /* both O_EXCL and O_CREAT */
open_flag &= ~O_TRUNC;
if (nd->flags & LOOKUP_DIRECTORY)
open_flag |= O_DIRECTORY;
file->f_path.dentry = DENTRY_NOT_SET;
file->f_path.mnt = nd->path.mnt;
error = dir->i_op->atomic_open(dir, dentry, file,
open_to_namei_flags(open_flag),
mode, opened);
d_lookup_done(dentry);
if (!error) {
/*
* We didn't have the inode before the open, so check open
* permission here.
*/
int acc_mode = op->acc_mode;
if (*opened & FILE_CREATED) {
WARN_ON(!(open_flag & O_CREAT));
fsnotify_create(dir, dentry);
acc_mode = 0;
}
error = may_open(&file->f_path, acc_mode, open_flag);
if (WARN_ON(error > 0))
error = -EINVAL;
} else if (error > 0) {
if (WARN_ON(file->f_path.dentry == DENTRY_NOT_SET)) {
error = -EIO;
} else {
if (file->f_path.dentry) {
dput(dentry);
dentry = file->f_path.dentry;
}
if (*opened & FILE_CREATED)
fsnotify_create(dir, dentry);
if (unlikely(d_is_negative(dentry))) {
error = -ENOENT;
} else {
path->dentry = dentry;
path->mnt = nd->path.mnt;
return 1;
}
}
}
dput(dentry);
return error;
}
/*
* Look up and maybe create and open the last component.
*
* Must be called with i_mutex held on parent.
*
* Returns 0 if the file was successfully atomically created (if necessary) and
* opened. In this case the file will be returned attached to @file.
*
* Returns 1 if the file was not completely opened at this time, though lookups
* and creations will have been performed and the dentry returned in @path will
* be positive upon return if O_CREAT was specified. If O_CREAT wasn't
* specified then a negative dentry may be returned.
*
* An error code is returned otherwise.
*
* FILE_CREATE will be set in @*opened if the dentry was created and will be
* cleared otherwise prior to returning.
*/
static int lookup_open(struct nameidata *nd, struct path *path,
struct file *file,
const struct open_flags *op,
bool got_write, int *opened)
{
struct dentry *dir = nd->path.dentry;
struct inode *dir_inode = dir->d_inode;
int open_flag = op->open_flag;
struct dentry *dentry;
int error, create_error = 0;
umode_t mode = op->mode;
DECLARE_WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD_ONSTACK(wq);
if (unlikely(IS_DEADDIR(dir_inode)))
return -ENOENT;
*opened &= ~FILE_CREATED;
dentry = d_lookup(dir, &nd->last);
for (;;) {
if (!dentry) {
dentry = d_alloc_parallel(dir, &nd->last, &wq);
if (IS_ERR(dentry))
return PTR_ERR(dentry);
}
if (d_in_lookup(dentry))
break;
error = d_revalidate(dentry, nd->flags);
if (likely(error > 0))
break;
if (error)
goto out_dput;
d_invalidate(dentry);
dput(dentry);
dentry = NULL;
}
if (dentry->d_inode) {
/* Cached positive dentry: will open in f_op->open */
goto out_no_open;
}
/*
* Checking write permission is tricky, bacuse we don't know if we are
* going to actually need it: O_CREAT opens should work as long as the
* file exists. But checking existence breaks atomicity. The trick is
* to check access and if not granted clear O_CREAT from the flags.
*
* Another problem is returing the "right" error value (e.g. for an
* O_EXCL open we want to return EEXIST not EROFS).
*/
if (open_flag & O_CREAT) {
if (!IS_POSIXACL(dir->d_inode))
mode &= ~current_umask();
if (unlikely(!got_write)) {
create_error = -EROFS;
open_flag &= ~O_CREAT;
if (open_flag & (O_EXCL | O_TRUNC))
goto no_open;
/* No side effects, safe to clear O_CREAT */
} else {
create_error = may_o_create(&nd->path, dentry, mode);
if (create_error) {
open_flag &= ~O_CREAT;
if (open_flag & O_EXCL)
goto no_open;
}
}
} else if ((open_flag & (O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)) &&
unlikely(!got_write)) {
/*
* No O_CREATE -> atomicity not a requirement -> fall
* back to lookup + open
*/
goto no_open;
}
if (dir_inode->i_op->atomic_open) {
error = atomic_open(nd, dentry, path, file, op, open_flag,
mode, opened);
if (unlikely(error == -ENOENT) && create_error)
error = create_error;
return error;
}
no_open:
if (d_in_lookup(dentry)) {
struct dentry *res = dir_inode->i_op->lookup(dir_inode, dentry,
nd->flags);
d_lookup_done(dentry);
if (unlikely(res)) {
if (IS_ERR(res)) {
error = PTR_ERR(res);
goto out_dput;
}
dput(dentry);
dentry = res;
}
}
/* Negative dentry, just create the file */
if (!dentry->d_inode && (open_flag & O_CREAT)) {
*opened |= FILE_CREATED;
audit_inode_child(dir_inode, dentry, AUDIT_TYPE_CHILD_CREATE);
if (!dir_inode->i_op->create) {
error = -EACCES;
goto out_dput;
}
error = dir_inode->i_op->create(dir_inode, dentry, mode,
open_flag & O_EXCL);
if (error)
goto out_dput;
fsnotify_create(dir_inode, dentry);
}
if (unlikely(create_error) && !dentry->d_inode) {
error = create_error;
goto out_dput;
}
out_no_open:
path->dentry = dentry;
path->mnt = nd->path.mnt;
return 1;
out_dput:
dput(dentry);
return error;
}
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
/*
* Handle the last step of open()
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
*/
static int do_last(struct nameidata *nd,
struct file *file, const struct open_flags *op,
int *opened)
{
struct dentry *dir = nd->path.dentry;
int open_flag = op->open_flag;
bool will_truncate = (open_flag & O_TRUNC) != 0;
bool got_write = false;
int acc_mode = op->acc_mode;
unsigned seq;
struct inode *inode;
struct path path;
int error;
nd->flags &= ~LOOKUP_PARENT;
nd->flags |= op->intent;
if (nd->last_type != LAST_NORM) {
error = handle_dots(nd, nd->last_type);
if (unlikely(error))
return error;
goto finish_open;
}
if (!(open_flag & O_CREAT)) {
if (nd->last.name[nd->last.len])
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_FOLLOW | LOOKUP_DIRECTORY;
/* we _can_ be in RCU mode here */
error = lookup_fast(nd, &path, &inode, &seq);
if (likely(error > 0))
goto finish_lookup;
if (error < 0)
return error;
BUG_ON(nd->inode != dir->d_inode);
BUG_ON(nd->flags & LOOKUP_RCU);
} else {
/* create side of things */
/*
* This will *only* deal with leaving RCU mode - LOOKUP_JUMPED
* has been cleared when we got to the last component we are
* about to look up
*/
error = complete_walk(nd);
if (error)
return error;
audit_inode(nd->name, dir, LOOKUP_PARENT);
/* trailing slashes? */
if (unlikely(nd->last.name[nd->last.len]))
return -EISDIR;
}
if (open_flag & (O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR)) {
error = mnt_want_write(nd->path.mnt);
if (!error)
got_write = true;
/*
* do _not_ fail yet - we might not need that or fail with
* a different error; let lookup_open() decide; we'll be
* dropping this one anyway.
*/
}
if (open_flag & O_CREAT)
inode_lock(dir->d_inode);
else
inode_lock_shared(dir->d_inode);
error = lookup_open(nd, &path, file, op, got_write, opened);
if (open_flag & O_CREAT)
inode_unlock(dir->d_inode);
else
inode_unlock_shared(dir->d_inode);
if (error <= 0) {
if (error)
goto out;
if ((*opened & FILE_CREATED) ||
!S_ISREG(file_inode(file)->i_mode))
will_truncate = false;
audit_inode(nd->name, file->f_path.dentry, 0);
goto opened;
}
if (*opened & FILE_CREATED) {
/* Don't check for write permission, don't truncate */
open_flag &= ~O_TRUNC;
will_truncate = false;
acc_mode = 0;
path_to_nameidata(&path, nd);
goto finish_open_created;
}
/*
* If atomic_open() acquired write access it is dropped now due to
* possible mount and symlink following (this might be optimized away if
* necessary...)
*/
if (got_write) {
mnt_drop_write(nd->path.mnt);
got_write = false;
}
error = follow_managed(&path, nd);
if (unlikely(error < 0))
return error;
if (unlikely(d_is_negative(path.dentry))) {
path_to_nameidata(&path, nd);
return -ENOENT;
}
/*
* create/update audit record if it already exists.
*/
audit_inode(nd->name, path.dentry, 0);
if (unlikely((open_flag & (O_EXCL | O_CREAT)) == (O_EXCL | O_CREAT))) {
path_to_nameidata(&path, nd);
return -EEXIST;
}
seq = 0; /* out of RCU mode, so the value doesn't matter */
inode = d_backing_inode(path.dentry);
finish_lookup:
error = step_into(nd, &path, 0, inode, seq);
if (unlikely(error))
return error;
finish_open:
/* Why this, you ask? _Now_ we might have grown LOOKUP_JUMPED... */
error = complete_walk(nd);
if (error)
return error;
audit_inode(nd->name, nd->path.dentry, 0);
error = -EISDIR;
if ((open_flag & O_CREAT) && d_is_dir(nd->path.dentry))
goto out;
error = -ENOTDIR;
if ((nd->flags & LOOKUP_DIRECTORY) && !d_can_lookup(nd->path.dentry))
goto out;
if (!d_is_reg(nd->path.dentry))
will_truncate = false;
if (will_truncate) {
error = mnt_want_write(nd->path.mnt);
if (error)
goto out;
got_write = true;
}
finish_open_created:
error = may_open(&nd->path, acc_mode, open_flag);
if (error)
goto out;
BUG_ON(*opened & FILE_OPENED); /* once it's opened, it's opened */
error = vfs_open(&nd->path, file, current_cred());
if (error)
goto out;
*opened |= FILE_OPENED;
opened:
error = open_check_o_direct(file);
if (!error)
error = ima_file_check(file, op->acc_mode, *opened);
if (!error && will_truncate)
error = handle_truncate(file);
out:
if (unlikely(error) && (*opened & FILE_OPENED))
fput(file);
if (unlikely(error > 0)) {
WARN_ON(1);
error = -EINVAL;
}
if (got_write)
mnt_drop_write(nd->path.mnt);
return error;
}
struct dentry *vfs_tmpfile(struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode, int open_flag)
{
struct dentry *child = NULL;
struct inode *dir = dentry->d_inode;
struct inode *inode;
int error;
/* we want directory to be writable */
error = inode_permission(dir, MAY_WRITE | MAY_EXEC);
if (error)
goto out_err;
error = -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (!dir->i_op->tmpfile)
goto out_err;
error = -ENOMEM;
child = d_alloc(dentry, &slash_name);
if (unlikely(!child))
goto out_err;
error = dir->i_op->tmpfile(dir, child, mode);
if (error)
goto out_err;
error = -ENOENT;
inode = child->d_inode;
if (unlikely(!inode))
goto out_err;
if (!(open_flag & O_EXCL)) {
spin_lock(&inode->i_lock);
inode->i_state |= I_LINKABLE;
spin_unlock(&inode->i_lock);
}
return child;
out_err:
dput(child);
return ERR_PTR(error);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_tmpfile);
static int do_tmpfile(struct nameidata *nd, unsigned flags,
const struct open_flags *op,
struct file *file, int *opened)
{
struct dentry *child;
struct path path;
int error = path_lookupat(nd, flags | LOOKUP_DIRECTORY, &path);
if (unlikely(error))
return error;
error = mnt_want_write(path.mnt);
if (unlikely(error))
goto out;
child = vfs_tmpfile(path.dentry, op->mode, op->open_flag);
error = PTR_ERR(child);
if (IS_ERR(child))
goto out2;
dput(path.dentry);
path.dentry = child;
audit_inode(nd->name, child, 0);
fs: allow open(dir, O_TMPFILE|..., 0) with mode 0 The man page for open(2) indicates that when O_CREAT is specified, the 'mode' argument applies only to future accesses to the file: Note that this mode applies only to future accesses of the newly created file; the open() call that creates a read-only file may well return a read/write file descriptor. The man page for open(2) implies that 'mode' is treated identically by O_CREAT and O_TMPFILE. O_TMPFILE, however, behaves differently: int fd = open("/tmp", O_TMPFILE | O_RDWR, 0); assert(fd == -1); assert(errno == EACCES); int fd = open("/tmp", O_TMPFILE | O_RDWR, 0600); assert(fd > 0); For O_CREAT, do_last() sets acc_mode to MAY_OPEN only: if (*opened & FILE_CREATED) { /* Don't check for write permission, don't truncate */ open_flag &= ~O_TRUNC; will_truncate = false; acc_mode = MAY_OPEN; path_to_nameidata(path, nd); goto finish_open_created; } But for O_TMPFILE, do_tmpfile() passes the full op->acc_mode to may_open(). This patch lines up the behavior of O_TMPFILE with O_CREAT. After the inode is created, may_open() is called with acc_mode = MAY_OPEN, in do_tmpfile(). A different, but related glibc bug revealed the discrepancy: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=17523 The glibc lazily loads the 'mode' argument of open() and openat() using va_arg() only if O_CREAT is present in 'flags' (to support both the 2 argument and the 3 argument forms of open; same idea for openat()). However, the glibc ignores the 'mode' argument if O_TMPFILE is in 'flags'. On x86_64, for open(), it magically works anyway, as 'mode' is in RDX when entering open(), and is still in RDX on SYSCALL, which is where the kernel looks for the 3rd argument of a syscall. But openat() is not quite so lucky: 'mode' is in RCX when entering the glibc wrapper for openat(), while the kernel looks for the 4th argument of a syscall in R10. Indeed, the syscall calling convention differs from the regular calling convention in this respect on x86_64. So the kernel sees mode = 0 when trying to use glibc openat() with O_TMPFILE, and fails with EACCES. Signed-off-by: Eric Rannaud <e@nanocritical.com> Acked-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2014-10-30 08:51:01 +00:00
/* Don't check for other permissions, the inode was just created */
error = may_open(&path, 0, op->open_flag);
if (error)
goto out2;
file->f_path.mnt = path.mnt;
error = finish_open(file, child, NULL, opened);
if (error)
goto out2;
error = open_check_o_direct(file);
if (error)
fput(file);
out2:
mnt_drop_write(path.mnt);
out:
path_put(&path);
return error;
}
static int do_o_path(struct nameidata *nd, unsigned flags, struct file *file)
{
struct path path;
int error = path_lookupat(nd, flags, &path);
if (!error) {
audit_inode(nd->name, path.dentry, 0);
error = vfs_open(&path, file, current_cred());
path_put(&path);
}
return error;
}
static struct file *path_openat(struct nameidata *nd,
const struct open_flags *op, unsigned flags)
{
const char *s;
struct file *file;
int opened = 0;
int error;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
file = get_empty_filp();
if (IS_ERR(file))
return file;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
file->f_flags = op->open_flag;
fs: rcu-walk for path lookup Perform common cases of path lookups without any stores or locking in the ancestor dentry elements. This is called rcu-walk, as opposed to the current algorithm which is a refcount based walk, or ref-walk. This results in far fewer atomic operations on every path element, significantly improving path lookup performance. It also avoids cacheline bouncing on common dentries, significantly improving scalability. The overall design is like this: * LOOKUP_RCU is set in nd->flags, which distinguishes rcu-walk from ref-walk. * Take the RCU lock for the entire path walk, starting with the acquiring of the starting path (eg. root/cwd/fd-path). So now dentry refcounts are not required for dentry persistence. * synchronize_rcu is called when unregistering a filesystem, so we can access d_ops and i_ops during rcu-walk. * Similarly take the vfsmount lock for the entire path walk. So now mnt refcounts are not required for persistence. Also we are free to perform mount lookups, and to assume dentry mount points and mount roots are stable up and down the path. * Have a per-dentry seqlock to protect the dentry name, parent, and inode, so we can load this tuple atomically, and also check whether any of its members have changed. * Dentry lookups (based on parent, candidate string tuple) recheck the parent sequence after the child is found in case anything changed in the parent during the path walk. * inode is also RCU protected so we can load d_inode and use the inode for limited things. * i_mode, i_uid, i_gid can be tested for exec permissions during path walk. * i_op can be loaded. When we reach the destination dentry, we lock it, recheck lookup sequence, and increment its refcount and mountpoint refcount. RCU and vfsmount locks are dropped. This is termed "dropping rcu-walk". If the dentry refcount does not match, we can not drop rcu-walk gracefully at the current point in the lokup, so instead return -ECHILD (for want of a better errno). This signals the path walking code to re-do the entire lookup with a ref-walk. Aside from the final dentry, there are other situations that may be encounted where we cannot continue rcu-walk. In that case, we drop rcu-walk (ie. take a reference on the last good dentry) and continue with a ref-walk. Again, if we can drop rcu-walk gracefully, we return -ECHILD and do the whole lookup using ref-walk. But it is very important that we can continue with ref-walk for most cases, particularly to avoid the overhead of double lookups, and to gain the scalability advantages on common path elements (like cwd and root). The cases where rcu-walk cannot continue are: * NULL dentry (ie. any uncached path element) * parent with d_inode->i_op->permission or ACLs * dentries with d_revalidate * Following links In future patches, permission checks and d_revalidate become rcu-walk aware. It may be possible eventually to make following links rcu-walk aware. Uncached path elements will always require dropping to ref-walk mode, at the very least because i_mutex needs to be grabbed, and objects allocated. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
2011-01-07 06:49:52 +00:00
if (unlikely(file->f_flags & __O_TMPFILE)) {
error = do_tmpfile(nd, flags, op, file, &opened);
goto out2;
}
if (unlikely(file->f_flags & O_PATH)) {
error = do_o_path(nd, flags, file);
if (!error)
opened |= FILE_OPENED;
goto out2;
}
s = path_init(nd, flags);
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
put_filp(file);
return ERR_CAST(s);
}
while (!(error = link_path_walk(s, nd)) &&
(error = do_last(nd, file, op, &opened)) > 0) {
nd->flags &= ~(LOOKUP_OPEN|LOOKUP_CREATE|LOOKUP_EXCL);
s = trailing_symlink(nd);
if (IS_ERR(s)) {
error = PTR_ERR(s);
break;
}
}
terminate_walk(nd);
out2:
if (!(opened & FILE_OPENED)) {
BUG_ON(!error);
put_filp(file);
}
if (unlikely(error)) {
if (error == -EOPENSTALE) {
if (flags & LOOKUP_RCU)
error = -ECHILD;
else
error = -ESTALE;
}
file = ERR_PTR(error);
}
return file;
}
struct file *do_filp_open(int dfd, struct filename *pathname,
const struct open_flags *op)
{
struct nameidata nd;
int flags = op->lookup_flags;
struct file *filp;
set_nameidata(&nd, dfd, pathname);
filp = path_openat(&nd, op, flags | LOOKUP_RCU);
if (unlikely(filp == ERR_PTR(-ECHILD)))
filp = path_openat(&nd, op, flags);
if (unlikely(filp == ERR_PTR(-ESTALE)))
filp = path_openat(&nd, op, flags | LOOKUP_REVAL);
restore_nameidata();
return filp;
}
struct file *do_file_open_root(struct dentry *dentry, struct vfsmount *mnt,
const char *name, const struct open_flags *op)
{
struct nameidata nd;
struct file *file;
struct filename *filename;
int flags = op->lookup_flags | LOOKUP_ROOT;
nd.root.mnt = mnt;
nd.root.dentry = dentry;
if (d_is_symlink(dentry) && op->intent & LOOKUP_OPEN)
return ERR_PTR(-ELOOP);
filename = getname_kernel(name);
if (IS_ERR(filename))
return ERR_CAST(filename);
set_nameidata(&nd, -1, filename);
file = path_openat(&nd, op, flags | LOOKUP_RCU);
if (unlikely(file == ERR_PTR(-ECHILD)))
file = path_openat(&nd, op, flags);
if (unlikely(file == ERR_PTR(-ESTALE)))
file = path_openat(&nd, op, flags | LOOKUP_REVAL);
restore_nameidata();
putname(filename);
return file;
}
static struct dentry *filename_create(int dfd, struct filename *name,
struct path *path, unsigned int lookup_flags)
{
struct dentry *dentry = ERR_PTR(-EEXIST);
struct qstr last;
int type;
int err2;
int error;
bool is_dir = (lookup_flags & LOOKUP_DIRECTORY);
/*
* Note that only LOOKUP_REVAL and LOOKUP_DIRECTORY matter here. Any
* other flags passed in are ignored!
*/
lookup_flags &= LOOKUP_REVAL;
name = filename_parentat(dfd, name, lookup_flags, path, &last, &type);
if (IS_ERR(name))
return ERR_CAST(name);
/*
* Yucky last component or no last component at all?
* (foo/., foo/.., /////)
*/
if (unlikely(type != LAST_NORM))
goto out;
/* don't fail immediately if it's r/o, at least try to report other errors */
err2 = mnt_want_write(path->mnt);
/*
* Do the final lookup.
*/
lookup_flags |= LOOKUP_CREATE | LOOKUP_EXCL;
inode_lock_nested(path->dentry->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
dentry = __lookup_hash(&last, path->dentry, lookup_flags);
if (IS_ERR(dentry))
goto unlock;
error = -EEXIST;
if (d_is_positive(dentry))
goto fail;
/*
* Special case - lookup gave negative, but... we had foo/bar/
* From the vfs_mknod() POV we just have a negative dentry -
* all is fine. Let's be bastards - you had / on the end, you've
* been asking for (non-existent) directory. -ENOENT for you.
*/
if (unlikely(!is_dir && last.name[last.len])) {
error = -ENOENT;
goto fail;
}
if (unlikely(err2)) {
error = err2;
goto fail;
}
putname(name);
return dentry;
fail:
dput(dentry);
dentry = ERR_PTR(error);
unlock:
inode_unlock(path->dentry->d_inode);
if (!err2)
mnt_drop_write(path->mnt);
out:
path_put(path);
putname(name);
return dentry;
}
struct dentry *kern_path_create(int dfd, const char *pathname,
struct path *path, unsigned int lookup_flags)
{
return filename_create(dfd, getname_kernel(pathname),
path, lookup_flags);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(kern_path_create);
void done_path_create(struct path *path, struct dentry *dentry)
{
dput(dentry);
inode_unlock(path->dentry->d_inode);
mnt_drop_write(path->mnt);
path_put(path);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(done_path_create);
inline struct dentry *user_path_create(int dfd, const char __user *pathname,
struct path *path, unsigned int lookup_flags)
{
return filename_create(dfd, getname(pathname), path, lookup_flags);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(user_path_create);
int vfs_mknod(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode, dev_t dev)
{
int error = may_create(dir, dentry);
if (error)
return error;
if ((S_ISCHR(mode) || S_ISBLK(mode)) && !capable(CAP_MKNOD))
return -EPERM;
if (!dir->i_op->mknod)
return -EPERM;
cgroups: implement device whitelist Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device files. A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup. A whitelist entry has 4 fields. 'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block). 'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers. Major and minor are either an integer or * for all. Access is a composition of r (read), w (write), and m (mknod). The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'. A child devcg gets a copy of the parent. Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new entries. A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its parent. However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not also be removed from the child(ren). An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using devices.deny. For instance echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as /dev/null. Doing echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry. CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new cgroup. A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent has. Any task can move itself between cgroups. This won't be sufficient, but we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning] Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com> Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com> Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com> Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com> Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:00:10 +00:00
error = devcgroup_inode_mknod(mode, dev);
if (error)
return error;
error = security_inode_mknod(dir, dentry, mode, dev);
if (error)
return error;
error = dir->i_op->mknod(dir, dentry, mode, dev);
if (!error)
fsnotify_create(dir, dentry);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_mknod);
static int may_mknod(umode_t mode)
{
switch (mode & S_IFMT) {
case S_IFREG:
case S_IFCHR:
case S_IFBLK:
case S_IFIFO:
case S_IFSOCK:
case 0: /* zero mode translates to S_IFREG */
return 0;
case S_IFDIR:
return -EPERM;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE4(mknodat, int, dfd, const char __user *, filename, umode_t, mode,
unsigned, dev)
{
struct dentry *dentry;
struct path path;
int error;
unsigned int lookup_flags = 0;
error = may_mknod(mode);
if (error)
return error;
retry:
dentry = user_path_create(dfd, filename, &path, lookup_flags);
if (IS_ERR(dentry))
return PTR_ERR(dentry);
if (!IS_POSIXACL(path.dentry->d_inode))
mode &= ~current_umask();
error = security_path_mknod(&path, dentry, mode, dev);
if (error)
goto out;
switch (mode & S_IFMT) {
case 0: case S_IFREG:
error = vfs_create(path.dentry->d_inode,dentry,mode,true);
if (!error)
ima_post_path_mknod(dentry);
break;
case S_IFCHR: case S_IFBLK:
error = vfs_mknod(path.dentry->d_inode,dentry,mode,
new_decode_dev(dev));
break;
case S_IFIFO: case S_IFSOCK:
error = vfs_mknod(path.dentry->d_inode,dentry,mode,0);
break;
}
out:
done_path_create(&path, dentry);
if (retry_estale(error, lookup_flags)) {
lookup_flags |= LOOKUP_REVAL;
goto retry;
}
return error;
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE3(mknod, const char __user *, filename, umode_t, mode, unsigned, dev)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
return sys_mknodat(AT_FDCWD, filename, mode, dev);
}
int vfs_mkdir(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, umode_t mode)
{
int error = may_create(dir, dentry);
unsigned max_links = dir->i_sb->s_max_links;
if (error)
return error;
if (!dir->i_op->mkdir)
return -EPERM;
mode &= (S_IRWXUGO|S_ISVTX);
error = security_inode_mkdir(dir, dentry, mode);
if (error)
return error;
if (max_links && dir->i_nlink >= max_links)
return -EMLINK;
error = dir->i_op->mkdir(dir, dentry, mode);
if (!error)
fsnotify_mkdir(dir, dentry);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_mkdir);
SYSCALL_DEFINE3(mkdirat, int, dfd, const char __user *, pathname, umode_t, mode)
{
struct dentry *dentry;
struct path path;
int error;
unsigned int lookup_flags = LOOKUP_DIRECTORY;
retry:
dentry = user_path_create(dfd, pathname, &path, lookup_flags);
if (IS_ERR(dentry))
return PTR_ERR(dentry);
if (!IS_POSIXACL(path.dentry->d_inode))
mode &= ~current_umask();
error = security_path_mkdir(&path, dentry, mode);
if (!error)
error = vfs_mkdir(path.dentry->d_inode, dentry, mode);
done_path_create(&path, dentry);
if (retry_estale(error, lookup_flags)) {
lookup_flags |= LOOKUP_REVAL;
goto retry;
}
return error;
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE2(mkdir, const char __user *, pathname, umode_t, mode)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
return sys_mkdirat(AT_FDCWD, pathname, mode);
}
int vfs_rmdir(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry)
{
int error = may_delete(dir, dentry, 1);
if (error)
return error;
if (!dir->i_op->rmdir)
return -EPERM;
dget(dentry);
inode_lock(dentry->d_inode);
error = -EBUSY;
2013-10-05 02:15:13 +00:00
if (is_local_mountpoint(dentry))
goto out;
error = security_inode_rmdir(dir, dentry);
if (error)
goto out;
shrink_dcache_parent(dentry);
error = dir->i_op->rmdir(dir, dentry);
if (error)
goto out;
dentry->d_inode->i_flags |= S_DEAD;
dont_mount(dentry);
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-02 01:33:48 +00:00
detach_mounts(dentry);
out:
inode_unlock(dentry->d_inode);
dput(dentry);
if (!error)
d_delete(dentry);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_rmdir);
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
static long do_rmdir(int dfd, const char __user *pathname)
{
int error = 0;
struct filename *name;
struct dentry *dentry;
struct path path;
struct qstr last;
int type;
unsigned int lookup_flags = 0;
retry:
name = filename_parentat(dfd, getname(pathname), lookup_flags,
&path, &last, &type);
if (IS_ERR(name))
return PTR_ERR(name);
switch (type) {
case LAST_DOTDOT:
error = -ENOTEMPTY;
goto exit1;
case LAST_DOT:
error = -EINVAL;
goto exit1;
case LAST_ROOT:
error = -EBUSY;
goto exit1;
}
error = mnt_want_write(path.mnt);
if (error)
goto exit1;
inode_lock_nested(path.dentry->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
dentry = __lookup_hash(&last, path.dentry, lookup_flags);
error = PTR_ERR(dentry);
if (IS_ERR(dentry))
goto exit2;
if (!dentry->d_inode) {
error = -ENOENT;
goto exit3;
}
error = security_path_rmdir(&path, dentry);
if (error)
goto exit3;
error = vfs_rmdir(path.dentry->d_inode, dentry);
exit3:
dput(dentry);
exit2:
inode_unlock(path.dentry->d_inode);
mnt_drop_write(path.mnt);
exit1:
path_put(&path);
putname(name);
if (retry_estale(error, lookup_flags)) {
lookup_flags |= LOOKUP_REVAL;
goto retry;
}
return error;
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE1(rmdir, const char __user *, pathname)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
return do_rmdir(AT_FDCWD, pathname);
}
/**
* vfs_unlink - unlink a filesystem object
* @dir: parent directory
* @dentry: victim
* @delegated_inode: returns victim inode, if the inode is delegated.
*
* The caller must hold dir->i_mutex.
*
* If vfs_unlink discovers a delegation, it will return -EWOULDBLOCK and
* return a reference to the inode in delegated_inode. The caller
* should then break the delegation on that inode and retry. Because
* breaking a delegation may take a long time, the caller should drop
* dir->i_mutex before doing so.
*
* Alternatively, a caller may pass NULL for delegated_inode. This may
* be appropriate for callers that expect the underlying filesystem not
* to be NFS exported.
*/
int vfs_unlink(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, struct inode **delegated_inode)
{
struct inode *target = dentry->d_inode;
int error = may_delete(dir, dentry, 0);
if (error)
return error;
if (!dir->i_op->unlink)
return -EPERM;
inode_lock(target);
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-02 01:33:48 +00:00
if (is_local_mountpoint(dentry))
error = -EBUSY;
else {
error = security_inode_unlink(dir, dentry);
if (!error) {
error = try_break_deleg(target, delegated_inode);
if (error)
goto out;
error = dir->i_op->unlink(dir, dentry);
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-02 01:33:48 +00:00
if (!error) {
dont_mount(dentry);
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-02 01:33:48 +00:00
detach_mounts(dentry);
}
}
}
out:
inode_unlock(target);
/* We don't d_delete() NFS sillyrenamed files--they still exist. */
if (!error && !(dentry->d_flags & DCACHE_NFSFS_RENAMED)) {
fsnotify_link_count(target);
d_delete(dentry);
}
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_unlink);
/*
* Make sure that the actual truncation of the file will occur outside its
* directory's i_mutex. Truncate can take a long time if there is a lot of
* writeout happening, and we don't want to prevent access to the directory
* while waiting on the I/O.
*/
long do_unlinkat(int dfd, struct filename *name)
{
int error;
struct dentry *dentry;
struct path path;
struct qstr last;
int type;
struct inode *inode = NULL;
struct inode *delegated_inode = NULL;
unsigned int lookup_flags = 0;
retry:
name = filename_parentat(dfd, name, lookup_flags, &path, &last, &type);
if (IS_ERR(name))
return PTR_ERR(name);
error = -EISDIR;
if (type != LAST_NORM)
goto exit1;
error = mnt_want_write(path.mnt);
if (error)
goto exit1;
retry_deleg:
inode_lock_nested(path.dentry->d_inode, I_MUTEX_PARENT);
dentry = __lookup_hash(&last, path.dentry, lookup_flags);
error = PTR_ERR(dentry);
if (!IS_ERR(dentry)) {
/* Why not before? Because we want correct error value */
if (last.name[last.len])
fix wrong iput on d_inode introduced by e6bc45d65d Git bisection shows that commit e6bc45d65df8599fdbae73be9cec4ceed274db53 causes BUG_ONs under high I/O load: kernel BUG at fs/inode.c:1368! [ 2862.501007] Call Trace: [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff811691d8>] d_kill+0xf8/0x140 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff81169c19>] dput+0xc9/0x190 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff8115577f>] fput+0x15f/0x210 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff81152171>] filp_close+0x61/0x90 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff81152251>] sys_close+0xb1/0x110 [ 2862.501007] [<ffffffff814c14fb>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b A reliable way to reproduce this bug is: Login to KDE, run 'rsnapshot sync', and apt-get install openjdk-6-jdk, and apt-get remove openjdk-6-jdk. The buggy part of the patch is this: struct inode *inode = NULL; ..... - if (nd.last.name[nd.last.len]) - goto slashes; inode = dentry->d_inode; - if (inode) - ihold(inode); + if (nd.last.name[nd.last.len] || !inode) + goto slashes; + ihold(inode) ... if (inode) iput(inode); /* truncate the inode here */ If nd.last.name[nd.last.len] is nonzero (and thus goto slashes branch is taken), and dentry->d_inode is non-NULL, then this code now does an additional iput on the inode, which is wrong. Fix this by only setting the inode variable if nd.last.name[nd.last.len] is 0. Reference: https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/6/15/50 Reported-by: Norbert Preining <preining@logic.at> Reported-by: Török Edwin <edwintorok@gmail.com> Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Török Edwin <edwintorok@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2011-06-15 21:06:14 +00:00
goto slashes;
inode = dentry->d_inode;
if (d_is_negative(dentry))
goto slashes;
ihold(inode);
error = security_path_unlink(&path, dentry);
if (error)
goto exit2;
error = vfs_unlink(path.dentry->d_inode, dentry, &delegated_inode);
exit2:
dput(dentry);
}
inode_unlock(path.dentry->d_inode);
if (inode)
iput(inode); /* truncate the inode here */
inode = NULL;
if (delegated_inode) {
error = break_deleg_wait(&delegated_inode);
if (!error)
goto retry_deleg;
}
mnt_drop_write(path.mnt);
exit1:
path_put(&path);
if (retry_estale(error, lookup_flags)) {
lookup_flags |= LOOKUP_REVAL;
inode = NULL;
goto retry;
}
putname(name);
return error;
slashes:
if (d_is_negative(dentry))
error = -ENOENT;
else if (d_is_dir(dentry))
error = -EISDIR;
else
error = -ENOTDIR;
goto exit2;
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE3(unlinkat, int, dfd, const char __user *, pathname, int, flag)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
if ((flag & ~AT_REMOVEDIR) != 0)
return -EINVAL;
if (flag & AT_REMOVEDIR)
return do_rmdir(dfd, pathname);
return do_unlinkat(dfd, getname(pathname));
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE1(unlink, const char __user *, pathname)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
return do_unlinkat(AT_FDCWD, getname(pathname));
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
}
int vfs_symlink(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry, const char *oldname)
{
int error = may_create(dir, dentry);
if (error)
return error;
if (!dir->i_op->symlink)
return -EPERM;
error = security_inode_symlink(dir, dentry, oldname);
if (error)
return error;
error = dir->i_op->symlink(dir, dentry, oldname);
if (!error)
fsnotify_create(dir, dentry);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_symlink);
SYSCALL_DEFINE3(symlinkat, const char __user *, oldname,
int, newdfd, const char __user *, newname)
{
int error;
struct filename *from;
struct dentry *dentry;
struct path path;
unsigned int lookup_flags = 0;
from = getname(oldname);
if (IS_ERR(from))
return PTR_ERR(from);
retry:
dentry = user_path_create(newdfd, newname, &path, lookup_flags);
error = PTR_ERR(dentry);
if (IS_ERR(dentry))
goto out_putname;
error = security_path_symlink(&path, dentry, from->name);
if (!error)
error = vfs_symlink(path.dentry->d_inode, dentry, from->name);
done_path_create(&path, dentry);
if (retry_estale(error, lookup_flags)) {
lookup_flags |= LOOKUP_REVAL;
goto retry;
}
out_putname:
putname(from);
return error;
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE2(symlink, const char __user *, oldname, const char __user *, newname)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
return sys_symlinkat(oldname, AT_FDCWD, newname);
}
/**
* vfs_link - create a new link
* @old_dentry: object to be linked
* @dir: new parent
* @new_dentry: where to create the new link
* @delegated_inode: returns inode needing a delegation break
*
* The caller must hold dir->i_mutex
*
* If vfs_link discovers a delegation on the to-be-linked file in need
* of breaking, it will return -EWOULDBLOCK and return a reference to the
* inode in delegated_inode. The caller should then break the delegation
* and retry. Because breaking a delegation may take a long time, the
* caller should drop the i_mutex before doing so.
*
* Alternatively, a caller may pass NULL for delegated_inode. This may
* be appropriate for callers that expect the underlying filesystem not
* to be NFS exported.
*/
int vfs_link(struct dentry *old_dentry, struct inode *dir, struct dentry *new_dentry, struct inode **delegated_inode)
{
struct inode *inode = old_dentry->d_inode;
unsigned max_links = dir->i_sb->s_max_links;
int error;
if (!inode)
return -ENOENT;
error = may_create(dir, new_dentry);
if (error)
return error;
if (dir->i_sb != inode->i_sb)
return -EXDEV;
/*
* A link to an append-only or immutable file cannot be created.
*/
if (IS_APPEND(inode) || IS_IMMUTABLE(inode))
return -EPERM;
vfs: Don't modify inodes with a uid or gid unknown to the vfs When a filesystem outside of init_user_ns is mounted it could have uids and gids stored in it that do not map to init_user_ns. The plan is to allow those filesystems to set i_uid to INVALID_UID and i_gid to INVALID_GID for unmapped uids and gids and then to handle that strange case in the vfs to ensure there is consistent robust handling of the weirdness. Upon a careful review of the vfs and filesystems about the only case where there is any possibility of confusion or trouble is when the inode is written back to disk. In that case filesystems typically read the inode->i_uid and inode->i_gid and write them to disk even when just an inode timestamp is being updated. Which leads to a rule that is very simple to implement and understand inodes whose i_uid or i_gid is not valid may not be written. In dealing with access times this means treat those inodes as if the inode flag S_NOATIME was set. Reads of the inodes appear safe and useful, but any write or modification is disallowed. The only inode write that is allowed is a chown that sets the uid and gid on the inode to valid values. After such a chown the inode is normal and may be treated as such. Denying all writes to inodes with uids or gids unknown to the vfs also prevents several oddball cases where corruption would have occurred because the vfs does not have complete information. One problem case that is prevented is attempting to use the gid of a directory for new inodes where the directories sgid bit is set but the directories gid is not mapped. Another problem case avoided is attempting to update the evm hash after setxattr, removexattr, and setattr. As the evm hash includeds the inode->i_uid or inode->i_gid not knowning the uid or gid prevents a correct evm hash from being computed. evm hash verification also fails when i_uid or i_gid is unknown but that is essentially harmless as it does not cause filesystem corruption. Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2016-06-29 19:54:46 +00:00
/*
* Updating the link count will likely cause i_uid and i_gid to
* be writen back improperly if their true value is unknown to
* the vfs.
*/
if (HAS_UNMAPPED_ID(inode))
return -EPERM;
if (!dir->i_op->link)
return -EPERM;
if (S_ISDIR(inode->i_mode))
return -EPERM;
error = security_inode_link(old_dentry, dir, new_dentry);
if (error)
return error;
inode_lock(inode);
/* Make sure we don't allow creating hardlink to an unlinked file */
if (inode->i_nlink == 0 && !(inode->i_state & I_LINKABLE))
error = -ENOENT;
else if (max_links && inode->i_nlink >= max_links)
error = -EMLINK;
else {
error = try_break_deleg(inode, delegated_inode);
if (!error)
error = dir->i_op->link(old_dentry, dir, new_dentry);
}
if (!error && (inode->i_state & I_LINKABLE)) {
spin_lock(&inode->i_lock);
inode->i_state &= ~I_LINKABLE;
spin_unlock(&inode->i_lock);
}
inode_unlock(inode);
if (!error)
fsnotify_link(dir, inode, new_dentry);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_link);
/*
* Hardlinks are often used in delicate situations. We avoid
* security-related surprises by not following symlinks on the
* newname. --KAB
*
* We don't follow them on the oldname either to be compatible
* with linux 2.0, and to avoid hard-linking to directories
* and other special files. --ADM
*/
SYSCALL_DEFINE5(linkat, int, olddfd, const char __user *, oldname,
int, newdfd, const char __user *, newname, int, flags)
{
struct dentry *new_dentry;
struct path old_path, new_path;
struct inode *delegated_inode = NULL;
int how = 0;
int error;
if ((flags & ~(AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW | AT_EMPTY_PATH)) != 0)
return -EINVAL;
/*
* To use null names we require CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH
* This ensures that not everyone will be able to create
* handlink using the passed filedescriptor.
*/
if (flags & AT_EMPTY_PATH) {
if (!capable(CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH))
return -ENOENT;
how = LOOKUP_EMPTY;
}
if (flags & AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW)
how |= LOOKUP_FOLLOW;
retry:
error = user_path_at(olddfd, oldname, how, &old_path);
if (error)
return error;
new_dentry = user_path_create(newdfd, newname, &new_path,
(how & LOOKUP_REVAL));
error = PTR_ERR(new_dentry);
if (IS_ERR(new_dentry))
goto out;
error = -EXDEV;
if (old_path.mnt != new_path.mnt)
goto out_dput;
fs: add link restrictions This adds symlink and hardlink restrictions to the Linux VFS. Symlinks: A long-standing class of security issues is the symlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given symlink (i.e. a root process follows a symlink belonging to another user). For a likely incomplete list of hundreds of examples across the years, please see: http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvekey.cgi?keyword=/tmp The solution is to permit symlinks to only be followed when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the uid of the symlink and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner. Some pointers to the history of earlier discussion that I could find: 1996 Aug, Zygo Blaxell http://marc.info/?l=bugtraq&m=87602167419830&w=2 1996 Oct, Andrew Tridgell http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/9610.2/0086.html 1997 Dec, Albert D Cahalan http://lkml.org/lkml/1997/12/16/4 2005 Feb, Lorenzo Hernández García-Hierro http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0502.0/1896.html 2010 May, Kees Cook https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/30/144 Past objections and rebuttals could be summarized as: - Violates POSIX. - POSIX didn't consider this situation and it's not useful to follow a broken specification at the cost of security. - Might break unknown applications that use this feature. - Applications that break because of the change are easy to spot and fix. Applications that are vulnerable to symlink ToCToU by not having the change aren't. Additionally, no applications have yet been found that rely on this behavior. - Applications should just use mkstemp() or O_CREATE|O_EXCL. - True, but applications are not perfect, and new software is written all the time that makes these mistakes; blocking this flaw at the kernel is a single solution to the entire class of vulnerability. - This should live in the core VFS. - This should live in an LSM. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/5/31/135) - This should live in an LSM. - This should live in the core VFS. (https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/8/2/188) Hardlinks: On systems that have user-writable directories on the same partition as system files, a long-standing class of security issues is the hardlink-based time-of-check-time-of-use race, most commonly seen in world-writable directories like /tmp. The common method of exploitation of this flaw is to cross privilege boundaries when following a given hardlink (i.e. a root process follows a hardlink created by another user). Additionally, an issue exists where users can "pin" a potentially vulnerable setuid/setgid file so that an administrator will not actually upgrade a system fully. The solution is to permit hardlinks to only be created when the user is already the existing file's owner, or if they already have read/write access to the existing file. Many Linux users are surprised when they learn they can link to files they have no access to, so this change appears to follow the doctrine of "least surprise". Additionally, this change does not violate POSIX, which states "the implementation may require that the calling process has permission to access the existing file"[1]. This change is known to break some implementations of the "at" daemon, though the version used by Fedora and Ubuntu has been fixed[2] for a while. Otherwise, the change has been undisruptive while in use in Ubuntu for the last 1.5 years. [1] http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/linkat.html [2] http://anonscm.debian.org/gitweb/?p=collab-maint/at.git;a=commitdiff;h=f4114656c3a6c6f6070e315ffdf940a49eda3279 This patch is based on the patches in Openwall and grsecurity, along with suggestions from Al Viro. I have added a sysctl to enable the protected behavior, and documentation. Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2012-07-26 00:29:07 +00:00
error = may_linkat(&old_path);
if (unlikely(error))
goto out_dput;
error = security_path_link(old_path.dentry, &new_path, new_dentry);
if (error)
goto out_dput;
error = vfs_link(old_path.dentry, new_path.dentry->d_inode, new_dentry, &delegated_inode);
out_dput:
done_path_create(&new_path, new_dentry);
if (delegated_inode) {
error = break_deleg_wait(&delegated_inode);
if (!error) {
path_put(&old_path);
goto retry;
}
}
if (retry_estale(error, how)) {
path_put(&old_path);
how |= LOOKUP_REVAL;
goto retry;
}
out:
path_put(&old_path);
return error;
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE2(link, const char __user *, oldname, const char __user *, newname)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
return sys_linkat(AT_FDCWD, oldname, AT_FDCWD, newname, 0);
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
}
/**
* vfs_rename - rename a filesystem object
* @old_dir: parent of source
* @old_dentry: source
* @new_dir: parent of destination
* @new_dentry: destination
* @delegated_inode: returns an inode needing a delegation break
* @flags: rename flags
*
* The caller must hold multiple mutexes--see lock_rename()).
*
* If vfs_rename discovers a delegation in need of breaking at either
* the source or destination, it will return -EWOULDBLOCK and return a
* reference to the inode in delegated_inode. The caller should then
* break the delegation and retry. Because breaking a delegation may
* take a long time, the caller should drop all locks before doing
* so.
*
* Alternatively, a caller may pass NULL for delegated_inode. This may
* be appropriate for callers that expect the underlying filesystem not
* to be NFS exported.
*
* The worst of all namespace operations - renaming directory. "Perverted"
* doesn't even start to describe it. Somebody in UCB had a heck of a trip...
* Problems:
*
* a) we can get into loop creation.
* b) race potential - two innocent renames can create a loop together.
* That's where 4.4 screws up. Current fix: serialization on
* sb->s_vfs_rename_mutex. We might be more accurate, but that's another
* story.
* c) we have to lock _four_ objects - parents and victim (if it exists),
* and source (if it is not a directory).
* And that - after we got ->i_mutex on parents (until then we don't know
* whether the target exists). Solution: try to be smart with locking
* order for inodes. We rely on the fact that tree topology may change
* only under ->s_vfs_rename_mutex _and_ that parent of the object we
* move will be locked. Thus we can rank directories by the tree
* (ancestors first) and rank all non-directories after them.
* That works since everybody except rename does "lock parent, lookup,
* lock child" and rename is under ->s_vfs_rename_mutex.
* HOWEVER, it relies on the assumption that any object with ->lookup()
* has no more than 1 dentry. If "hybrid" objects will ever appear,
* we'd better make sure that there's no link(2) for them.
* d) conversion from fhandle to dentry may come in the wrong moment - when
* we are removing the target. Solution: we will have to grab ->i_mutex
* in the fhandle_to_dentry code. [FIXME - current nfsfh.c relies on
* ->i_mutex on parents, which works but leads to some truly excessive
* locking].
*/
int vfs_rename(struct inode *old_dir, struct dentry *old_dentry,
struct inode *new_dir, struct dentry *new_dentry,
struct inode **delegated_inode, unsigned int flags)
{
int error;
bool is_dir = d_is_dir(old_dentry);
struct inode *source = old_dentry->d_inode;
struct inode *target = new_dentry->d_inode;
bool new_is_dir = false;
unsigned max_links = new_dir->i_sb->s_max_links;
struct name_snapshot old_name;
if (source == target)
return 0;
error = may_delete(old_dir, old_dentry, is_dir);
if (error)
return error;
if (!target) {
error = may_create(new_dir, new_dentry);
} else {
new_is_dir = d_is_dir(new_dentry);
if (!(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE))
error = may_delete(new_dir, new_dentry, is_dir);
else
error = may_delete(new_dir, new_dentry, new_is_dir);
}
if (error)
return error;
if (!old_dir->i_op->rename)
return -EPERM;
/*
* If we are going to change the parent - check write permissions,
* we'll need to flip '..'.
*/
if (new_dir != old_dir) {
if (is_dir) {
error = inode_permission(source, MAY_WRITE);
if (error)
return error;
}
if ((flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) && new_is_dir) {
error = inode_permission(target, MAY_WRITE);
if (error)
return error;
}
}
error = security_inode_rename(old_dir, old_dentry, new_dir, new_dentry,
flags);
if (error)
return error;
take_dentry_name_snapshot(&old_name, old_dentry);
dget(new_dentry);
if (!is_dir || (flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE))
lock_two_nondirectories(source, target);
else if (target)
inode_lock(target);
error = -EBUSY;
2013-10-05 02:15:13 +00:00
if (is_local_mountpoint(old_dentry) || is_local_mountpoint(new_dentry))
goto out;
if (max_links && new_dir != old_dir) {
error = -EMLINK;
if (is_dir && !new_is_dir && new_dir->i_nlink >= max_links)
goto out;
if ((flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) && !is_dir && new_is_dir &&
old_dir->i_nlink >= max_links)
goto out;
}
if (is_dir && !(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) && target)
shrink_dcache_parent(new_dentry);
if (!is_dir) {
error = try_break_deleg(source, delegated_inode);
if (error)
goto out;
}
if (target && !new_is_dir) {
error = try_break_deleg(target, delegated_inode);
if (error)
goto out;
}
error = old_dir->i_op->rename(old_dir, old_dentry,
new_dir, new_dentry, flags);
if (error)
goto out;
if (!(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) && target) {
if (is_dir)
target->i_flags |= S_DEAD;
dont_mount(new_dentry);
vfs: Lazily remove mounts on unlinked files and directories. With the introduction of mount namespaces and bind mounts it became possible to access files and directories that on some paths are mount points but are not mount points on other paths. It is very confusing when rm -rf somedir returns -EBUSY simply because somedir is mounted somewhere else. With the addition of user namespaces allowing unprivileged mounts this condition has gone from annoying to allowing a DOS attack on other users in the system. The possibility for mischief is removed by updating the vfs to support rename, unlink and rmdir on a dentry that is a mountpoint and by lazily unmounting mountpoints on deleted dentries. In particular this change allows rename, unlink and rmdir system calls on a dentry without a mountpoint in the current mount namespace to succeed, and it allows rename, unlink, and rmdir performed on a distributed filesystem to update the vfs cache even if when there is a mount in some namespace on the original dentry. There are two common patterns of maintaining mounts: Mounts on trusted paths with the parent directory of the mount point and all ancestory directories up to / owned by root and modifiable only by root (i.e. /media/xxx, /dev, /dev/pts, /proc, /sys, /sys/fs/cgroup/{cpu, cpuacct, ...}, /usr, /usr/local). Mounts on unprivileged directories maintained by fusermount. In the case of mounts in trusted directories owned by root and modifiable only by root the current parent directory permissions are sufficient to ensure a mount point on a trusted path is not removed or renamed by anyone other than root, even if there is a context where the there are no mount points to prevent this. In the case of mounts in directories owned by less privileged users races with users modifying the path of a mount point are already a danger. fusermount already uses a combination of chdir, /proc/<pid>/fd/NNN, and UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW to prevent these races. The removable of global rename, unlink, and rmdir protection really adds nothing new to consider only a widening of the attack window, and fusermount is already safe against unprivileged users modifying the directory simultaneously. In principle for perfect userspace programs returning -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir, and rename of dentires that have mounts in the local namespace is actually unnecessary. Unfortunately not all userspace programs are perfect so retaining -EBUSY for unlink, rmdir and rename of dentries that have mounts in the current mount namespace plays an important role of maintaining consistency with historical behavior and making imperfect userspace applications hard to exploit. v2: Remove spurious old_dentry. v3: Optimized shrink_submounts_and_drop Removed unsued afs label v4: Simplified the changes to check_submounts_and_drop Do not rename check_submounts_and_drop shrink_submounts_and_drop Document what why we need atomicity in check_submounts_and_drop Rely on the parent inode mutex to make d_revalidate and d_invalidate an atomic unit. v5: Refcount the mountpoint to detach in case of simultaneous renames. Reviewed-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2013-10-02 01:33:48 +00:00
detach_mounts(new_dentry);
}
if (!(old_dir->i_sb->s_type->fs_flags & FS_RENAME_DOES_D_MOVE)) {
if (!(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE))
d_move(old_dentry, new_dentry);
else
d_exchange(old_dentry, new_dentry);
}
out:
if (!is_dir || (flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE))
unlock_two_nondirectories(source, target);
else if (target)
inode_unlock(target);
dput(new_dentry);
if (!error) {
fsnotify_move(old_dir, new_dir, old_name.name, is_dir,
!(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) ? target : NULL, old_dentry);
if (flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) {
fsnotify_move(new_dir, old_dir, old_dentry->d_name.name,
new_is_dir, NULL, new_dentry);
}
}
release_dentry_name_snapshot(&old_name);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_rename);
SYSCALL_DEFINE5(renameat2, int, olddfd, const char __user *, oldname,
int, newdfd, const char __user *, newname, unsigned int, flags)
{
struct dentry *old_dentry, *new_dentry;
struct dentry *trap;
struct path old_path, new_path;
struct qstr old_last, new_last;
int old_type, new_type;
struct inode *delegated_inode = NULL;
struct filename *from;
struct filename *to;
unsigned int lookup_flags = 0, target_flags = LOOKUP_RENAME_TARGET;
bool should_retry = false;
int error;
if (flags & ~(RENAME_NOREPLACE | RENAME_EXCHANGE | RENAME_WHITEOUT))
return -EINVAL;
if ((flags & (RENAME_NOREPLACE | RENAME_WHITEOUT)) &&
(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE))
return -EINVAL;
if ((flags & RENAME_WHITEOUT) && !capable(CAP_MKNOD))
return -EPERM;
if (flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE)
target_flags = 0;
retry:
from = filename_parentat(olddfd, getname(oldname), lookup_flags,
&old_path, &old_last, &old_type);
if (IS_ERR(from)) {
error = PTR_ERR(from);
goto exit;
}
to = filename_parentat(newdfd, getname(newname), lookup_flags,
&new_path, &new_last, &new_type);
if (IS_ERR(to)) {
error = PTR_ERR(to);
goto exit1;
}
error = -EXDEV;
if (old_path.mnt != new_path.mnt)
goto exit2;
error = -EBUSY;
if (old_type != LAST_NORM)
goto exit2;
if (flags & RENAME_NOREPLACE)
error = -EEXIST;
if (new_type != LAST_NORM)
goto exit2;
error = mnt_want_write(old_path.mnt);
if (error)
goto exit2;
retry_deleg:
trap = lock_rename(new_path.dentry, old_path.dentry);
old_dentry = __lookup_hash(&old_last, old_path.dentry, lookup_flags);
error = PTR_ERR(old_dentry);
if (IS_ERR(old_dentry))
goto exit3;
/* source must exist */
error = -ENOENT;
if (d_is_negative(old_dentry))
goto exit4;
new_dentry = __lookup_hash(&new_last, new_path.dentry, lookup_flags | target_flags);
error = PTR_ERR(new_dentry);
if (IS_ERR(new_dentry))
goto exit4;
error = -EEXIST;
if ((flags & RENAME_NOREPLACE) && d_is_positive(new_dentry))
goto exit5;
if (flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) {
error = -ENOENT;
if (d_is_negative(new_dentry))
goto exit5;
if (!d_is_dir(new_dentry)) {
error = -ENOTDIR;
if (new_last.name[new_last.len])
goto exit5;
}
}
/* unless the source is a directory trailing slashes give -ENOTDIR */
if (!d_is_dir(old_dentry)) {
error = -ENOTDIR;
if (old_last.name[old_last.len])
goto exit5;
if (!(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE) && new_last.name[new_last.len])
goto exit5;
}
/* source should not be ancestor of target */
error = -EINVAL;
if (old_dentry == trap)
goto exit5;
/* target should not be an ancestor of source */
if (!(flags & RENAME_EXCHANGE))
error = -ENOTEMPTY;
if (new_dentry == trap)
goto exit5;
error = security_path_rename(&old_path, old_dentry,
&new_path, new_dentry, flags);
if (error)
goto exit5;
error = vfs_rename(old_path.dentry->d_inode, old_dentry,
new_path.dentry->d_inode, new_dentry,
&delegated_inode, flags);
exit5:
dput(new_dentry);
exit4:
dput(old_dentry);
exit3:
unlock_rename(new_path.dentry, old_path.dentry);
if (delegated_inode) {
error = break_deleg_wait(&delegated_inode);
if (!error)
goto retry_deleg;
}
mnt_drop_write(old_path.mnt);
exit2:
if (retry_estale(error, lookup_flags))
should_retry = true;
path_put(&new_path);
putname(to);
exit1:
path_put(&old_path);
putname(from);
if (should_retry) {
should_retry = false;
lookup_flags |= LOOKUP_REVAL;
goto retry;
}
exit:
return error;
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE4(renameat, int, olddfd, const char __user *, oldname,
int, newdfd, const char __user *, newname)
{
return sys_renameat2(olddfd, oldname, newdfd, newname, 0);
}
SYSCALL_DEFINE2(rename, const char __user *, oldname, const char __user *, newname)
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
{
return sys_renameat2(AT_FDCWD, oldname, AT_FDCWD, newname, 0);
[PATCH] vfs: *at functions: core Here is a series of patches which introduce in total 13 new system calls which take a file descriptor/filename pair instead of a single file name. These functions, openat etc, have been discussed on numerous occasions. They are needed to implement race-free filesystem traversal, they are necessary to implement a virtual per-thread current working directory (think multi-threaded backup software), etc. We have in glibc today implementations of the interfaces which use the /proc/self/fd magic. But this code is rather expensive. Here are some results (similar to what Jim Meyering posted before). The test creates a deep directory hierarchy on a tmpfs filesystem. Then rm -fr is used to remove all directories. Without syscall support I get this: real 0m31.921s user 0m0.688s sys 0m31.234s With syscall support the results are much better: real 0m20.699s user 0m0.536s sys 0m20.149s The interfaces are for obvious reasons currently not much used. But they'll be used. coreutils (and Jeff's posixutils) are already using them. Furthermore, code like ftw/fts in libc (maybe even glob) will also start using them. I expect a patch to make follow soon. Every program which is walking the filesystem tree will benefit. Signed-off-by: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
2006-01-19 01:43:53 +00:00
}
int vfs_whiteout(struct inode *dir, struct dentry *dentry)
{
int error = may_create(dir, dentry);
if (error)
return error;
if (!dir->i_op->mknod)
return -EPERM;
return dir->i_op->mknod(dir, dentry,
S_IFCHR | WHITEOUT_MODE, WHITEOUT_DEV);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_whiteout);
int readlink_copy(char __user *buffer, int buflen, const char *link)
{
int len = PTR_ERR(link);
if (IS_ERR(link))
goto out;
len = strlen(link);
if (len > (unsigned) buflen)
len = buflen;
if (copy_to_user(buffer, link, len))
len = -EFAULT;
out:
return len;
}
/*
* A helper for ->readlink(). This should be used *ONLY* for symlinks that
* have ->get_link() not calling nd_jump_link(). Using (or not using) it
* for any given inode is up to filesystem.
*/
static int generic_readlink(struct dentry *dentry, char __user *buffer,
int buflen)
{
DEFINE_DELAYED_CALL(done);
struct inode *inode = d_inode(dentry);
const char *link = inode->i_link;
int res;
if (!link) {
link = inode->i_op->get_link(dentry, inode, &done);
if (IS_ERR(link))
return PTR_ERR(link);
}
res = readlink_copy(buffer, buflen, link);
do_delayed_call(&done);
return res;
}
/**
* vfs_readlink - copy symlink body into userspace buffer
* @dentry: dentry on which to get symbolic link
* @buffer: user memory pointer
* @buflen: size of buffer
*
* Does not touch atime. That's up to the caller if necessary
*
* Does not call security hook.
*/
int vfs_readlink(struct dentry *dentry, char __user *buffer, int buflen)
{
struct inode *inode = d_inode(dentry);
if (unlikely(!(inode->i_opflags & IOP_DEFAULT_READLINK))) {
if (unlikely(inode->i_op->readlink))
return inode->i_op->readlink(dentry, buffer, buflen);
if (!d_is_symlink(dentry))
return -EINVAL;
spin_lock(&inode->i_lock);
inode->i_opflags |= IOP_DEFAULT_READLINK;
spin_unlock(&inode->i_lock);
}
return generic_readlink(dentry, buffer, buflen);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_readlink);
/**
* vfs_get_link - get symlink body
* @dentry: dentry on which to get symbolic link
* @done: caller needs to free returned data with this
*
* Calls security hook and i_op->get_link() on the supplied inode.
*
* It does not touch atime. That's up to the caller if necessary.
*
* Does not work on "special" symlinks like /proc/$$/fd/N
*/
const char *vfs_get_link(struct dentry *dentry, struct delayed_call *done)
{
const char *res = ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
struct inode *inode = d_inode(dentry);
if (d_is_symlink(dentry)) {
res = ERR_PTR(security_inode_readlink(dentry));
if (!res)
res = inode->i_op->get_link(dentry, inode, done);
}
return res;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(vfs_get_link);
/* get the link contents into pagecache */
const char *page_get_link(struct dentry *dentry, struct inode *inode,
struct delayed_call *callback)
{
char *kaddr;
struct page *page;
struct address_space *mapping = inode->i_mapping;
if (!dentry) {
page = find_get_page(mapping, 0);
if (!page)
return ERR_PTR(-ECHILD);
if (!PageUptodate(page)) {
put_page(page);
return ERR_PTR(-ECHILD);
}
} else {
page = read_mapping_page(mapping, 0, NULL);
if (IS_ERR(page))
return (char*)page;
}
set_delayed_call(callback, page_put_link, page);
BUG_ON(mapping_gfp_mask(mapping) & __GFP_HIGHMEM);
kaddr = page_address(page);
nd_terminate_link(kaddr, inode->i_size, PAGE_SIZE - 1);
return kaddr;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(page_get_link);
void page_put_link(void *arg)
{
put_page(arg);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(page_put_link);
int page_readlink(struct dentry *dentry, char __user *buffer, int buflen)
{
DEFINE_DELAYED_CALL(done);
int res = readlink_copy(buffer, buflen,
page_get_link(dentry, d_inode(dentry),
&done));
do_delayed_call(&done);
return res;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(page_readlink);
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-04 20:00:53 +00:00
/*
* The nofs argument instructs pagecache_write_begin to pass AOP_FLAG_NOFS
*/
int __page_symlink(struct inode *inode, const char *symname, int len, int nofs)
{
struct address_space *mapping = inode->i_mapping;
struct page *page;
void *fsdata;
int err;
unsigned int flags = 0;
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-04 20:00:53 +00:00
if (nofs)
flags |= AOP_FLAG_NOFS;
retry:
err = pagecache_write_begin(NULL, mapping, 0, len-1,
fs: symlink write_begin allocation context fix With the write_begin/write_end aops, page_symlink was broken because it could no longer pass a GFP_NOFS type mask into the point where the allocations happened. They are done in write_begin, which would always assume that the filesystem can be entered from reclaim. This bug could cause filesystem deadlocks. The funny thing with having a gfp_t mask there is that it doesn't really allow the caller to arbitrarily tinker with the context in which it can be called. It couldn't ever be GFP_ATOMIC, for example, because it needs to take the page lock. The only thing any callers care about is __GFP_FS anyway, so turn that into a single flag. Add a new flag for write_begin, AOP_FLAG_NOFS. Filesystems can now act on this flag in their write_begin function. Change __grab_cache_page to accept a nofs argument as well, to honour that flag (while we're there, change the name to grab_cache_page_write_begin which is more instructive and does away with random leading underscores). This is really a more flexible way to go in the end anyway -- if a filesystem happens to want any extra allocations aside from the pagecache ones in ints write_begin function, it may now use GFP_KERNEL (rather than GFP_NOFS) for common case allocations (eg. ocfs2_alloc_write_ctxt, for a random example). [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix ubifs] [kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com: fix fuse] Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de> Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.28.x] Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> [ Cleaned up the calling convention: just pass in the AOP flags untouched to the grab_cache_page_write_begin() function. That just simplifies everybody, and may even allow future expansion of the logic. - Linus ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2009-01-04 20:00:53 +00:00
flags, &page, &fsdata);
if (err)
goto fail;
memcpy(page_address(page), symname, len-1);
err = pagecache_write_end(NULL, mapping, 0, len-1, len-1,
page, fsdata);
if (err < 0)
goto fail;
if (err < len-1)
goto retry;
mark_inode_dirty(inode);
return 0;
fail:
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__page_symlink);
int page_symlink(struct inode *inode, const char *symname, int len)
{
return __page_symlink(inode, symname, len,
!mapping_gfp_constraint(inode->i_mapping, __GFP_FS));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(page_symlink);
const struct inode_operations page_symlink_inode_operations = {
.get_link = page_get_link,
};
EXPORT_SYMBOL(page_symlink_inode_operations);